Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Beverages - Non-Alcoholic / China Telecom Corp Ltd

China Telecom Corp Ltd

cha · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker cha
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Beverages - Non-Alcoholic
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · China Telecom Corp Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
China Telecom Corporation Limited

HKEx StocK codE: 728     NYSE StocK codE: cHA

Annual Report 2010

We are 100 Years YOUNG We are 100 Years YOUNG We are 100 Years We are 100 Years 

YOUNG 

China Telecom Corporation Limited

HKEx StocK codE: 728     NYSE StocK codE: cHA

Annual Report 2010

100 Years at a Glance

  To know more about today’s 

China Telecom, please simply 
scan this QR code with your 
smartphone right away.

Corporate Culture

Corporate Mission
Let the customers fully enjoy a new information life

Strategic Goal
Be a world-class integrated information service provider

Core Value
Comprehensive innovation, pursuing truth and
pragmatism, respecting people and creating value all together

Operation Philosophy
Pursue mutual growth of corporate value and customer value

Service Philosophy
Customer First Service Foremost

Code of Corporate Practice
Keep promise and provide excellent service for customers
Cooperate honestly and seek win-win result in joint innovation
Operate prudently and enhance corporate value continuously
Manage precisely and allocate resources scientifi cally
Care the staff and tap their potential to the full
Reward the society and be a responsible corporate citizen

Corporate Slogan
Connecting the World

Contents  

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

8 

14 

24 

100 years at a glance

Corporate Culture

Contents

2010 Milestones

Corporate Information

Financial Highlights

Chairman’s Statement

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

Business Review

30  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

  Financial Conditions and Results of Operations

38 

50 

54 

56 

70 

78 

89 

90 

92 

94 

95 

96 

98 

Report of the Directors

Report of the Supervisory Committee

Recognition & Awards

Corporate Governance Report

Human Resources Development Report

Corporate Social Responsibility Report

Report of the Independent International Auditor

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Statement of Financial Position

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the Financial Statements

  147 

Financial Summary

  149 

Shareholder Information

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

2010 Milestones

APRIL
APRIL

China  Telecom  proactively  implemented  research  and 
exploration of the next generation Internet technology and was 
the 1st operator in the world being granted “IPv6 Enabled ISP 
Certifi cate” by “IPv6 Forum”

After  a  devastating  earthquake  of  7.1  magnitude  at  Yushu 
county in Qinghai province, China Telecom quickly restored the 
communications in the disaster area within 24 hours, vigorously 
supporting the disaster relief works

China Telecom provided robust communications assurance to 
Expo 2010 Shanghai China and demonstrated to the world a 
dream of information and communications city 

MAYMAY

AUGUST
AUGUST

A  severe  landslide  occurred  at  Zhouqu  county  in  the  Gansu 
province affected over twenty thousand people. China Telecom 
leveraged  its  full  services  competitive  edges  to  restore  in  full 
strength the communications in disaster areas

OCTOBER
OCTOBER

As  the  onground  communications 
applications  par tner  of  the  Lunar 
P r o b e   P r o j e c t ,  C h i n a   Te l e c o m 
s i g n i f i c a n t l y   c o n t r i b u t e d   t o   t h e 
success of “Chang’e-2” mission

DECEMBER
DECEMBER

Mobile  subscribers  exceeded  90  million,  an  increase  of  60%  from  the 
beginning  of  the  year  and  embarking  on  scale  development  of  mobile 
services

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Information

5

China  Telecom  Corporation  Limited  (“China  Telecom”  or  the  “Company”,  together  with  its  subsidiaries,  collectively  the 
“Group”)  is  a  full  services  integrated  information  service  operator  and  the  world’s  largest  wireline  telecommunications 
and  broadband  services  provider,  providing  basic  telecommunications  services  such  as  wireline  telecommunications 
services and mobile telecommunications services, and value-added telecommunications services such as Internet access 
services and information services in the PRC. As of the end of 2010, the Company has wireline access lines in service of 
about 175 million, wireline broadband subscribers of over 63 million and mobile subscribers of more than 90 million. The 
Company’s H shares and American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited 
and the New York Stock Exchange, respectively.

Board of Directors

Nomination Committee

Executive Directors
Wang Xiaochu (Chairman)
Shang Bing
Wu Andi
Zhang Jiping
Zhang Chenshuang
Yang Xiaowei
Yang Jie
Sun Kangmin

Non-Executive Director
Li Jinming

Independent Non-Executive Directors
Wu Jichuan
Qin Xiao
Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius 
Cha May Lung, Laura 
Xu Erming

Company Secretary & 
Qualified Accountant

Yung Shun Loy, Jacky

Audit Committee

Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius (Chairman)
Wu Jichuan
Qin Xiao
Xu Erming

Remuneration Committee

Xu Erming (Chairman)
Wu Jichuan
Qin Xiao
Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius

Wu Jichuan (Chairman) 
Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius 
Cha May Lung, Laura 
Xu Erming

Supervisory Committee

Miao Jianhua (Chairman)
Zhu Lihao (Independent Supervisor) 
Ma Yuzhu (Employee Representative) 
Xu Cailiao
Han Fang

Legal Representative

Wang Xiaochu

International Auditor

KPMG

Legal Advisers

Jingtian & Gongcheng 
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

Stock Code

HKEx: 728
NYSE: CHA

Company Website

www.chinatelecom-h.com

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

6

Financial Highlights

Excluding amortisation of the upfront connection fees

Operating revenues (RMB millions) 

EBITDA1 (RMB millions) 

EBITDA margin 

Net profit3 (RMB millions) 

Capital expenditure (RMB millions) 

Free cash flow4 (RMB millions) 

Total debt/Equity5 

Earnings per share (RMB) 

Dividend per share (HK$) 

Net asset value5 per share (RMB) 

2008

184,507

85,8892

46.6%2 

20,0662

48,410 

36,768 

57.9% 

0.2482 

0.085

2.632 

2009 

2010

208,219

219,367

82,133

39.4%

13,271

38,042

31,159

47.8%

0.164

0.085

2.740

88,495

40.3%

15,262

43,037

27,107

31.8%

0.189

0.085

2.860

Including amortisation of the upfront connection fees

Operating revenues (RMB millions)

Net profit3 (RMB millions) 

2008

186,529 

884 

2009 

209,370

14,422 

2010

219,864

15,759

1 For convenience of the investors’ analysis, EBITDA is calculated before CDMA network capacity lease fee.

2 Excluding the impact of impairment loss of the PAS assets and natural disasters in 2008.

3 Net profit represents profit attributable to equity holders of the Company.

4 Free cash flow is calculated from EBITDA minus CDMA network capacity lease fee, capital expenditure and income tax.

5 Equity and net asset value represent equity attributable to equity holders of the Company.

For further information, please browse our website at www.chinatelecom-h.com

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Financial Highlights

7

The charts below are based on financial figures excluding amortisation of the upfront connection fees

Operating Revenues
(RMB millions)

EBITDA1
(RMB millions)

208,219

184,507

219,367

85,8892

88,495

82,133

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

Net Profit3
(RMB millions)

Free Cash Flow4
(RMB millions)

36,768

20,0662

15,262

13,271

31,159

27,107

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

Dividend Per Share
(HK$)

NAV5 Per Share
(RMB)

0.085

0.085

0.085

2.860

2.740

2.632

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

8

Chairman’s Statement

In  2010,  we  deepened  our  effor ts  in  strategic 

Operating Results

transformation  and  business  innovation,  adhering 

to  integrated  and  differentiated  development.  The 

scale  of  mobile  services  achieved  rapid  expansion 

with  an  increasingly  mature  industr y  value  chain. 

The  broadband  and  integrated  information  services 

continued  to  maintain  rapid  growth,  facilitating 

persistent  optimisation  of  the  revenue  structure  and 

primarily  accomplishing  coordinated  development 

of  four  pillar  services,  namely,  mobile,  broadband, 

v a l u e - a d d e d   a n d   i n t e g r a t e d   i n f o r m a t i o n ,  a n d 

wireline  voice.  The  Company’s  profitability  achieved 

remarkable  recovery,  successfully  embarking  on  scale 

development of full services operation.

I n   2 0 1 0 ,  t h e   C o m p a n y   a c h i e v e d   f a v o u r a b l e 

development.  The  operating  revenues  amounted  to 

RMB219,864  million.  Excluding  the  amor tisation 

of  upfront  connection  fees,  the  operating  revenues 

were  RMB219,367  million,  representing  an  increase 

of  5.4%  from  last  year.  The  revenue  contributions 

from  mobile,  broadband,  value-added  and  integrated 

information  services  continued  to  increase.  EBITDA1,2 

was RMB88,495 million, an increase of 7.7% from last 

year. EBITDA margin was 40.3%. The profit attributable 

to  equity  holders  of  the  Company  was  RMB15,262 

million,  and  basic  earnings  per  share  was  RMB0.19, 

an  increase  of  15.0%  from  last  year,  effectively 

enhancing  cor porate  value.  Capital  expenditure 

1 

2 

For convenience of investors’ analysis, EBITDA was calculated before CDMA network capacity lease fee.

Including  the  amortisation  of  upfront  connection  fees,  EBITDA  was  RMB88,992  million,  profit  attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the 

Company was RMB15,759 million, and basic earnings per share was RMB0.19.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Chairman’s Statement

9

“100 Years Young” is always easier said than done. But for China 
Telecom which I see every day, I could always feel its vibrancy and vigor 
while it has inherited 100 years of operating wisdom and legacy. Through 
continuous advance and innovation, it has won a number of “World’s 
Largest” and “Asia’s Best” honours. The outstanding performance of our 
people has repeatedly proved to our customers and the society that we 
are their trusted partner on communications, including the great success 
of the World Expo in Shanghai and the lunar probe of Chang’e rocket in 
2010. Facing the earthquake of 7.1 magnitude at Yushu and the landslide 
at Zhouqu, our people, being driven by their deep affection for the lives of 
the affected companions, raced against time to make the repairs without 
fear. They pioneered the recovery of communications, vigorously supporting 
the disaster relief works. I feel so proud to be one of China Telecom and 
am grateful to our people for their unrivalled dedication. I fi rmly believe 
that China Telecom would defi nitely maintain its 100 years young with ever-
lasting vibrant fundamentals.

was  RMB43,037  million,  and  free  cash  flow3  was 

strengthened  the  integration  of  pipeline  ser vices 

RMB27,107 million.

such  as  voice  and  broadband  services  with  value-

added  and  integrated  information  services,  focusing 

Taking  into  account  the  return  to  shareholders,  the 

on the customers’ perceptions. We strived to enhance 

Company’s  cash  flow  and  its  capital  requirements  for 

the  market  competitiveness  and  promoted  the  scale 

planned  acquisition  of  mobile  network  from  parent 

development of full services operation.

company  in  2012,  the  Board  of  Directors  has  decided 

to  recommend  at  the  for thcoming  Annual  General 

Promoting  scale  development  of  mobile  ser vices, 

Meeting  that  a  dividend  being  an  equivalent  of 

par ticular ly  3G  ser vices  We  strengthened  the 

HK$0.085  per  share  be  declared,  which  is  the  same 

brand  promotion  efforts  and  continued  to  maintain 

as last year.

Business Operations

our  “e-Surfing”  brand  as  the  leading  3G  ser vices 

brand  in  the  industry.  Taking  the  lead  to  invigorate 

the  industry  value  chain,  we  launched  a  number  of 

new  star  3G  smartphones  models  and  implemented 

Driving  scale  development  with  innovative 
integration and differentiation

differentiated  subsidy  strategies  titling  towards  3G 

terminals.  We  targeted  at  the  key  market  segments 

In  2010,  we  persisted  in  integrated  operation  and 

of  office  staff  and  young  students  while  strengthening 

3 

Free  cash  flow  was  calculated  from  EBITDA  (excluding  amortisation  of  the  upfront  connection  fees)  minus  CDMA  network  capacity 

lease fee, capital expenditure and income tax.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

10

Chairman’s Statement

the  development  and  promotion  of  differentiated 

enterprises market, scale replication and standardised 

applications.  With  proliferating  mobile  Inter net 

promotion of various industry-specific applications like 

applications, we attempted to enrich users’ experience 

government  administration  and  supervision,  transport 

and  stimulate  data  traffic.  In  2010,  the  Company’s 

and logistics, digital hospital, integrated e-Surfing RFID 

mobile  operation  experienced  scale  development.  The 

were  introduced.  We  vigorously  promoted  application 

number of mobile subscribers had increased by 34.43 

of  new  technologies  such  as  the  Internet  of  Things 

million,  to  a  total  of  90.52  million  at  year  end.  The 

and  Cloud  Computing  and  proactively  deployed  for  the 

subscriber  market  share  exceeded  10%,  an  increase 

featured  applications  in  the  areas  of  mobile  payment 

of 6 percentage points from the end of 2008. The net 

and mobile positioning. This enhanced our competitive 

addition  of  3G  subscribers  was  8.22  million  in  2010, 

edges  in  the  integrated  information  services  market, 

achieving  an  accelerating  growth  momentum  and 

while  effectively  driving  the  scale  development  of  the 

bringing  the  total  number  of  3G  subscribers  to  12.29 

mobile and broadband services.

million.  Mobile  service  revenue  reached  RMB47,722 

million, an increase of 59.1% over last year.

P r o t e c t i n g  e x i s t i n g  v a l u e  t h r o u g h  i n t e g r a t e d 

differentiation  To  tackle  the  intensified  challenges 

Broadband  as  core  impetus  to  promote  integrated 

from  new  Internet  technology  and  mobile  substitution, 

operation  Facing  the  new  dynamics  from  Three 

we  proactively  devoted  effor ts  to  consolidate  the 

Networks  Convergence,  we  launched  the  “Broadband 

existing  wireline  voice  ser vices.  We  increased 

C h i n a ,  F i b r e  C i t i e s ”  p r o j e c t  i n  f u l l  s w i n g .  We 

initiatives  on  customer  care  for  targeted  existing 

strengthened  the  construction  and  upgrade  of  optic 

customers  and  leveraged  integrated  differentiated 

fibre  access  to  home  in  urban  areas,  and  actively 

operation  to  enhance  their  loyalty,  endeavouring  to 

accelerated  the  broadband  bandwidth  expansion 

mitigate  the  decline  in  wireline  voice  ser vices.  In 

to  offer  customers  with  high-value  differentiated 

2010,  the  total  number  of  wireline  access  lines  in 

b r o a d b a n d  e x p e r i e n c e ,  w i t h  a  v i ew  t o  f u r t h e r 

services  was  175  million,  a  decline  of  13.51  million 

consolidating  our  leading  broadband  market  position. 

over  the  year  and  revenue  from  wireline  ser vices 

B e s i d e s ,  w e   e m b e d d e d   d a t a   t r a f f i c   p r o d u c t s 

(excluding upfront connection fees) decreased by 4.2% 

like  Internet  videos  and  enter tainment  games  in 

as  compared  with  last  year.  Following  the  continual 

broadband  services,  aiming  at  sustaining  the  value 

migration  of  PAS  subscribers  in  recent  years,  the 

of  the  broadband  services.  In  2010,  the  net  addition 

operational  risks  associated  with  the  PAS  services 

of  wireline  broadband  subscribers  was  10.02  million, 

had been primarily alleviated.

reaching a total number of 63.48 million with primarily 

stable market share. Revenue from wireline broadband 

services  reached  RMB54,127  million,  representing  an 

Consolidating  the  fundamentals  to  create 
competitive edges at all levels

increase of 15.0% from last year.

We  p e r s i s t e n t l y  s t r e n g t h e n e d  t h e  c a p a b i l i t i e s 

P r o m o t i n g   s u s t a i n a b l e   g r o w t h   i n   i n t e g r a t e d 

u n s w e r v i n g l y   s t r i v i n g   f o r   c o n s o l i d a t i n g   o u r 

information  ser vices  We  leveraged  the  edges  of 

fundamentals and enhancing our all round competitive 

i n  n e t w o r k ,  t e r m i n a l s ,  c h a n n e l s  a n d  s e r v i c e s , 

enhanced  centralised  product  centres,  offering 

edges.

compelling  mobile  Internet  application  products. 

Competitive  edges  strengthened  gradually:  encrypted 

Enhanced  competitive  edges  in  network  deployment 

communication,  “e-Surfing  Blackberry”  and  “e-Surfing 

We constantly improved the network carrying capability 

Push  to  Talk”  were  officially  launched,  while  the 

and  the  pipeline  value.  The  3G  network  coverage 

usage  volumes  of  “iMusic”,  “e-Surfing  Video”  and 

was  further  expanded  and  the  network  quality  further 

“eStore”  increased  in  multiples.  For  government  and 

enhanced  to  the  industry  standard.  Meanwhile,  we 

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Chairman’s Statement

11

strengthened  the  WiFi  hotspots  coverage  in  popular 

at  provincial  level  and  improving  the  IT  systems 

areas  and  adopted  the  integrated  service  strategy  of 

to  suppor t  the  customer  ser vices,  par ticularly  to 

“CDMA+WiFi”,  offering  customers  with  high-speed  and 

enhance  the  service  quality  of  mobile  services.  The 

convenient  wireless  access.  In  addition,  we  increased 

ser vice  processing  time,  request  response  time, 

our  capital  expenditure  and  accelerated  the  fibre 

customers’  complaint  ratio,  and  other  service  metrics 

deployment  and  the  development  of  fibre-to-the-home 

have  noticeably  improved.  Customers  perception 

(FTTH).  All  cities  areas  in  southern  China  had  4Mbps 

was  enhanced  and  the  churn  rate  was  effectively 

broadband  access  capability  and  the  bandwidth 

controlled.

capability  with  20Mbps  reached  58%,  representing 

an  increase  of  22  percentage  points  compared  to  the 

beginning  of  the  year,  establishing  a  solid  foundation 

Innovative  models  implemented  for  data 
traffic management operation

for the scale development of full services operation.

Riding  on  the  era  of  mobile  Internet,  we  proactively 

e s t a b l i s h e d   n e w   i n i t i a t i v e s   f o r   d a t a   t r a f f i c 

Effective alleviation of bottlenecks in terminal supply 

management  operation  by  improving  our  core  network 

We actively promoted the invigoration of industry value 

competence, providing an open platform for integrated 

chain,  leveraging  3G  smartphones.  We  strengthened 

services,  promoting  collaborated  efforts  in  content 

applications  customisation  and  pre-installation  to 

and  application  development,  and  focusing  on  high 

satisfy  the  requirements  of  3G  service  development. 

value data traffic management operation.

By  the  end  of  2010,  the  number  of  3G  handset 

models  exceeded  300,  representing  an  increase  of 

Expanding cooperation in open platform We expanded 

over  200  models  from  the  beginning  of  the  year.  New 

the cooperation in open platform with brilliant Internet 

competitive  star  handset  models  and  smartphones 

content  providers  and  leveraged  the  platforms  of 

priced  around  RMB1,000  were  launched  ongoingly. 

product  centres  converging  high  value  data  resources 

The  varieties  of  terminals  proliferated  rapidly  with 

such  as  music,  games  and  videos  to  attract  usage. 

enhanced price-performance ratios.

Meanwhile, we further opened the integrated platforms 

to  providers  and  offered  services  like  authentication, 

Rapid  improvement  in  the  channel  capabilities  We 

billing  and  positioning.  We  encouraged  them  to 

strengthened  the  channels  development  through 

develop  new  application  ser vices  based  on  our 

cooperation with over a thousand well-known electrical 

integrated  platform,  leading  competitive  applications 

appliance  chain  stores  in  China,  which  ser ved  as 

in  popular  areas  such  as  full  screen  browsing,  online 

distributing  agents  for  our  terminals  and  services. 

searching,  instant  messaging,  and  e-commerce.  We 

The  weakness  in  open  channels  has  been  effectively 

also  embedded  our  basic  communication  capability  in 

improved.  The  open  channel  terminal  sales  exceeded 

our  products  to  provide  differentiated  services  for  our 

60%.  We  continued  to  advocate  the  development 

customers.

of  electronic  channels,  optimising  the  interface  and 

functions of e-customer service centres and effectively 

Strengthening  in  centralised  operation  We  further 

reducing  the  operating  costs  and  enhancing  the 

centralised  in  management  and  promotion  of  mobile 

efficiency of sales and marketing.

Internet  products,  breaking  through  the  traditional 

geographical  boundaries  to  realise  “one-point  access, 

Continual  improvement  in  service  system  We  fully 

speedy upload, and entire network services”. Thus, we 

promoted  the  quality  of  customer  service  standards 

significantly improved the product launch progress and 

for  full  services  operations,  actively  carrying  out  the 

access  efficiency  and  effectively  supported  the  rapid 

centralised  operation  of  ser vice  hotline  “10000” 

popularisation of mobile Internet products.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

12

Chairman’s Statement

Innovative  mechanism  and  system  We  implemented 

sales  and  maintenance  team,  so  as  to  meet  the 

the trial of corporatising the operation of new services 

operation needs of the integrated information services 

like  mobile  payment  and  e-Surfing  Video  with  a  profit 

and mobile Internet services.

and  market-oriented  operation.  We  endeavored  to 

set  up  an  organisational  structure  and  an  incentive 

mechanism appropriate for  the development of mobile 

Internet  services  to  stimulate  entrepreneurship  and 

Corporate Governance and 
Corporate Social Responsibilities

vibrancy,  hence  fostering  a  better  development  of  new 

We  strived  to  maintain  high  level  of  cor porate 

businesses.

g o v e r n a n c e   a n d   c o r p o r a t e   t r a n s p a r e n c y   t o 

ensure  healthy  development  of  the  Company  and 

E n h a n c i n g   m a n a g e m e n t   t o   e n h a n c e 
corporate and employee value

enhancement  in  cor porate  value.  In  2010,  our 

persistent efforts in corporate governance were widely 

Strengthening  financial  management  and  resources 

recognised  by  the  capital  market.  We  have  been 

allocation  The  Company  fur ther  optimised  the 

accredited with a number of awards and appreciations, 

resources allocation and investment structure, planned 

including  “No.  1  Best  Managed  Company  in  Asia”  by 

for  expenditure  in  a  scientific  and  comprehensive 

Euromoney  for  two  consecutive  years;  the  awards  of 

manner  and  rendered  effective  support  to  fuel  scale 

“No.  1  Best  Managed  Company  in  China”  and  “No.  1 

development  of  new  business,  strategic  business  and 

Best  Managed  Company  in  Asian  Telecom  Sector”  by 

key  business.  We  deepened  financial  transformation, 

FinanceAsia, and the award of “Asia’s Best Companies 

a c t i v e l y   i m p l e m e n t i n g   c e n t r a l i s e d   f i n a n c i a l 

in  Corporate  Governance”  by  Corporate  Governance 

management  at  provincial  level,  effectively  preventing 

Asia.

risks  associated  with  internal  control,  and  fostering 

management  efficiency.  We  enhanced  centralised 

In  2010,  the  Company  actively  devoted  to  the  rescue 

treasury management and effectively reduced financial 

work  and  disaster  relief  in  the  earthquake  at  Yushu, 

expenses.  Through  implementation  of  precision 

Qinghai  Province  and  the  landslide  at  Zhouqu,  Gansu 

management,  we  endeavoured  to  increase  returns  on 

Province.  We  repaired  the  damaged  optic  fibre  cables 

investment  and  consistently  enhanced  our  corporate 

with  utmost  speed  and  pioneered  to  restore  the 

value.

communication in the disaster areas. These initiatives 

demonstrated our strong sense of social responsibility 

Promoting  coordinated  growth  of  employee  value 

as  a  whole.  Besides,  we  successfully  suppor ted 

with  cor porate  value  We  innovated  the  human 

the  Shanghai  World  Expo  and  the  Guangzhou  Asian 

resources  management  mechanism,  emphasising  on 

Games,  featuring  an  informatised  World  Expo  and 

selection of management through competition. Placing 

a  digitalised  Asian  Games  and  demonstrated  the 

value  enhancement  as  priority,  we  perfected  the  staff 

new  image  of  China  Telecom  as  an  integrated 

performance  appraisal  system  and  speeded  up  the 

information  service  provider.  We  actively  practised 

optimisation  of  human  resources  structure,  focusing 

green,  environment-friendly  and  low-carbon  humanistic 

on  forging  a  professional  management  team,  a  high-

concept  and  basically  formed  a  mechanism  for  high 

level  technical  expert  team  and  a  highly  proficient 

energy efficiency and low waste emission.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Chairman’s Statement

13

Outlook

Since  2004,  we  pioneered  to  advocate  strategic 

transformation  with  a  changing  mindset  of  operation 

and  development  modes.  We  walked  a  new  road  of 

development  leveraging  transformation.  In  particular, 

leader  of  intelligent  pipeline,  a  provider  of  integrated 

platforms, and a participant of content and application 

development”.  We  shall  persist  in  our  business 

strateg y  of  high-value  data  traffic  management 

operation  and  transform  our  Company  to  adapt  to  the 

mobile Internet operation mode with a view to creating 

after  the  acquisition  of  mobile  service,  we  rapidly 

more value for customers and shareholders.

Finally,  on  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  I  would 

like  to  take  this  opportunity  to  express  my  sincere 

appreciation to all our shareholders and customers for 

their support.

Wang Xiaochu
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Beijing, China

22 March 2011

built  up  a  full  services  operation  system  and  entered 

the  mobile  market,  successfully  embarking  on  full 

services  operation  with  emerging  profitable  and  scale 

development.

The  next  two  to  three  years  will  be  a  prime  period 

of  strategic  oppor tunities.  Products  convergence 

will  be  a  trend  in  the  telecommunications  industry. 

New  applications  leveraging  new  technologies  like 

Internet  of  Things  and  Cloud  Computing  will  emerge. 

Mobile  Internet  is  undergoing  a  rapid  growth  period 

and  wireline  broadband  is  still  enjoying  considerable 

room  for  development.  All  these  initiatives  will  bring 

us  wider  prospects  for  development.  However,  we  are 

also  facing  intensified  challenges  from  increasingly 

fierce competition in the existing and new businesses.

Looking  forward,  we  are  fully  confident  and  will 

c o n t i n u e  t o  p u r s u e  t h e  “ C u s t o m e r  –  Fo c u s e d 

Innovative  Informatisation”  strategy,  aggressively 

expanding the scale of mobile, broadband and industry 

application services, while maintaining the contribution 

of  the  existing  operation  and  continuing  to  optimise 

the revenue structure. By pursuing deepened strategic 

transformation,  we  aim  to  position  ourselves  as  “a 

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

14

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

Mr. Wang Xiaochu

Age  53,  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Wang 
graduated  from  Beijing  Institute  of  Posts  and  Telecommunications  in  1989  and  received  a  doctorate  degree  in 
business  administration  from  the  Hong  Kong  Polytechnic  University  in  2005.  Mr.  Wang  served  as  Deputy  Director 
General  and  Director  General  of  the  Hangzhou  Telecommunications  Bureau  in  Zhejiang  province,  Director  General 
of  the  Tianjin  Posts  and  Telecommunications  Administration,  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  China 
Mobile  (Hong  Kong)  Limited,  Vice  President  of  China  Mobile  Communications  Corporation,  Chairman  of  the  board 
of  directors  and  a  Non-Executive  Director  of  China  Communications  Services  Corporation  Limited.  He  is  also  the 
President  of  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  and  Honorary  Chairman  of  China  Communications  Services 
Corporation Limited. He was responsible for the development of China Telecom’s telephone network management 
systems  and  various  other  information  technology  projects  and  as  a  result,  received  the  Third-Class  Award  from 
the State Scientific and Technological Progress Award and the First-Class Award from the former Ministry of Posts 
and Telecommunications Scientific and Technological Progress Award. Mr. Wang has over 30 years of management 
experience in the telecommunications industry.

Mr. Shang Bing

Age  55,  is  an  Executive  Director,  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Shang  is  a  senior 
economist.  He  graduated  in  1982  from  Shenyang  Chemical  Industry  Institution  with  a  bachelor’s  degree  in 
chemical  industry  and  received  a  master’s  degree  in  business  administration  from  New  York  State  University 
in  2002.  He  received  a  doctorate  degree  in  business  administration  from  the  Hong  Kong  Polytechnic  University 
in  2005.  Mr.  Shang  served  as  a  Director  of  Industrial  Technology  Development  Centre  in  Liaoning  Province, 
a  Deputy  General  Manager  and  General  Manager  of  Economic  and  Technological  Development  Company  in 
Liaoning  Province.  Mr.  Shang  served  as  a  Deputy  General  Manager  and  General  Manager  of  China  United 
Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”) Liaoning Branch, a Vice President of Unicom Group, a Director 
of  Unicom  Group,  the  President  of  Unicom  Group  and  an  Executive  Director  and  President  of  China  Unicom 
Limited.  In  addition,  Mr.  Shang  also  served  as  a  Director  and  President  of  the  China  United  Telecommunications 
Corporation  Limited  and  China  Unicom  Corporation  Limited.  He  is  also  a  V ice  President  of  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation.  Mr.  Shang  has  extensive  experience  in  management  and  telecommunications 
industry.

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

15

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Madam Wu Andi

Age  56,  is  an  Executive  Director,  Executive  Vice  President  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company.  She 
is  responsible  for  the  financial  management  of  the  Company.  Madam  Wu  is  a  senior  accountant.  She  graduated 
from  the  Beijing  Institute  of  Economics  with  a  bachelor  degree  in  finance  and  trading  in  1983,  and  studied  in 
a  postgraduate  program  in  business  economics  management  at  the  Chinese  Academy  of  Social  Sciences  from 
1996  to  1998.  She  studied  in  a  master  of  business  administration  (MBA)  program  at  the  Guanghua  School  of 
Management  at  Peking  University  from  2002  to  2003  and  received  an  executive  master  degree  of  business 
administration  (EMBA).  Prior  to  joining  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  in  May  2000,  she  served  as 
Director  General  of  the  Department  of  Economic  Adjustment  and  Communication  Settlement  of  the  Ministry  of 
Information Industry (“MII”), Director General, Deputy Director General and Director of the Department of Finance 
of  the  MPT.  She  is  also  a  Vice  President  of  China  Telecommunications  Corporation.  Madam  Wu  has  29  years  of 
economic and financial management experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

Mr. Zhang Jiping

Age  55,  is  an  Executive  Director  and  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Zhang  is  a  professor-level 
senior  engineer.  He  graduated  from  the  Beijing  University  of  Posts  and  Telecommunications  with  a  bachelor 
degree in radio telecommunications engineering in 1982, studied in a postgraduate program in applied computer 
engineering at Northeastern Industrial University from 1986 to 1988, and received a doctorate degree in business 
administration  from  the  Hong  Kong  Polytechnic  University  in  2004.  Prior  to  joining  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation  in  May  2000,  he  served  as  Deputy  Director  General  of  DGT  of  the  MPT,  a  Deputy  Director  General 
and Director of the Telecommunication Technology Centre of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration of 
Liaoning Province. He is also a Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Zhang has 29 years 
of experience in network operation and management in the telecommunications industry in China.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

16

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

Mr. Zhang Chenshuang

Age  59,  is  an  Executive  Director  and  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Zhang  is  a  senior 
economist.  He  graduated  from  the  Par ty  School  of  the  Communist  Par ty  of  China  (CPC)  and  received 
a  MBA  degree  from  the  Hong  Kong  Polytechnic  University.  Mr.  Zhang  ser ved  as  Executive  Director  and 
Vice  President  of  China  Mobile  Limited,  Vice  President  of  China  Mobile  Communications  Corporation, 
Director  of  China  Mobile  Communication  Co.,  Ltd.,  Director  General  of  the  Inner  Mongolia  Posts  and 
Telecommunications  Administration  Bureau,  Deputy  Director  General  of  the  Office  of  the  Ministr y  of  Posts 
and Telecommunications. He is also a Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. He has over 
31 years of experience in the telecommunications industr y.

Mr. Li Ping

Age  57,  is  an  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Li  graduated  from  the  Beijing  University  of  Posts  and 
Telecommunications  with  a  major  in  radio  telecommunications  in  1976  and  received  a  MBA  degree  from  the  State 
University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  U.S.A.  in  1989.  He  served  as  Executive  Director  of  China  Telecom  Corporation 
Limited,  Chairman  and  President  of  China  Telecom  (Hong  Kong)  International  Limited,  Vice  Chairman  and  Executive 
Vice  President  of  China  Mobile  (Hong  Kong)  Limited,  Deputy  Director  General  of  the  DGT  of  the  MPT.  He  is  the  Vice 
President of China  Telecommunications  Corporation,  Chairman  of  the board  of  directors  and  an Executive Director of 
China  Communications  Services  Corporation  Limited.  Mr.  Li  has  extensive  experience  in  managing  public  companies 
and 35 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

Mr. Yang Xiaowei

Age  47,  is  an  Executive  Director  and  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Yang  is  a  senior  engineer. 
He  received  a  bachelor’s  degree  from  the  Computer  Application  Department  of  Chongqing  University  in  1998 
and  a  master’s  degree  in  engineering  from  the  Management  Engineering  Department  of  Chongqing  University 
in  2001.  Mr.  Yang  was  the  Assistant  to  Director  and  Deputy  Director  of  Chongqing  Telecommunications  Bureau, 
a  Deputy  Director  of  the  Chongqing  Telecommunications  Administration  Bureau  and  a  Director  of  Chongqing 
Municipal  Communication  Administration  Bureau.  Mr.  Yang  served  as  General  Manager  of  the  Chongqing  branch 
and  the  Guangdong  branch  of  the  Unicom  Group,  Vice  President  of  the  Unicom  Group,  Director  of  the  Unicom 
Group  and  Executive  Director  and  Vice  President  of  China  Unicom  Limited.  Mr.  Yang  also  served  as  Director  and 
Vice  President  of  China  Unicom  Corporation  Limited  and  Chairman  of  Unicom  Huasheng  Telecommunications 
Technology  Co.  Ltd..  He  is  also  a  Vice  President  of  China  Telecommunications  Corporation.  Mr.  Yang  has 
extensive experience in management and telecommunications industry.

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

17

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Mr. Yang Jie

Age  49,  is  an  Executive  Director  and  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Yang  is  a  professor-level 
senior  engineer.  He  graduated  from  the  Beijing  University  of  Posts  and  Telecommunications  with  a  major 
in  radio  engineering  in  1984  and  obtained  a  doctorate  degree  in  business  administration  (DBA)  from  the 
ESC  Rennes  School  of  Business  in  2008.  Mr.  Yang  ser ved  as  Deputy  Director  General  of  Shanxi  Posts  and 
Telecommunications  Administration  Bureau,  General  Manager  of  Shanxi  Telecommunications  Corporation, 
Vice  President  of  China  Telecom  Beijing  Research  Institute  and  General  Manager  of  Business  Depar tment 
of  the  Nor thern  Telecom  of  China  Telecommunications  Corporation.  He  is  also  a  Vice  President  of  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation.  Mr.  Yang  has  27  years  of  operational  and  managerial  experience  in  the 
telecommunications industr y in China.

Mr. Sun Kangmin

Age  54,  is  an  Executive  Director  and  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Sun  is  a  senior  engineer.  He 
holds  a  MBA  degree  from  the  University  of  Hong  Kong.  Mr.  Sun  served  as  Department  Head  of  the  Information 
Industry  Department  of  Sichuan  Province,  Director  General  of  Communications  Bureau  of  Sichuan  Province, 
Chairman  and  General  Manager  of  Sichuan  Telecom  Company  Limited.  He  is  also  a  Vice  President  of  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation.  Mr.  Sun  has  27  years  of  operational  and  managerial  experience  in  the 
telecommunications industry in China.

Mr. Li Jinming

Age  59,  is  a  Non-Executive  Director  of  the  Company,  Chairman  of  Guangdong  Rising  Assets  Management 
Co.,  Ltd.  (one  of  the  domestic  shareholders  of  the  Company)  and  Chairman  of  Shenzhen  Zhongjin  Lingnan 
Nonfemet  Company  Limited.  Mr.  Li  graduated  from  Guangdong  Radio  and  TV  University,  and  holds  an  EMBA 
degree  from  Lingnan  College,  Zhong  Shan  University  after  the  completion  of  his  study  in  the  postgraduate 
programme  of  international  economics  and  industrial  commerce  management.  Mr.  Li  ser ved  as  Chief  and 
Deputy  Director  General  of  the  Guangdong  Provincial  Discipline  Inspection  Commission,  and  Director  and 
Deputy General Manager of Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd.. Mr. Li has extensive experience 
in enterprise management.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

18

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

Mr. Wu Jichuan

Age  73,  is  an  Independent  Non-Executive  Director  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Wu  is  a  professor-level  senior  engineer.  Mr. 
Wu  is  the  Honorary  Chairman  of  the  Telecommunications  and  Economics  Specialists  Committee,  Director  General  of 
the  Chinese  Institute  of  Electronics,  and  Honorary  Director  General  of  the  Chinese  Institute  of  Communications.  Mr. 
Wu  graduated  from  the  Beijing  Institute  of  Posts  and  Telecommunications  with  a  major  in  wired  telecommunications 
engineering  in  1959.  Mr.  Wu  served  as  Vice  Minister  and  Minister  of  the  Ministry  of  Posts  and  Telecommunications, 
Deputy  Director  of  the  Committee  of  the  Radio  Management  of  China,  Vice  Leader  of  the  Informatisation  Leading 
Group of the State Council, Minister of Ministry of Information Industry, a member of the Eighth & the Tenth National 
Committee of Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (the “CPPCC”), a member of the Standing Committee 
of  the  Tenth  National  Committee  of  CPPCC  and  Vice  Chairman  of  the  Subcommittee  of  Education,  Science,  Culture, 
Health and Sports of the Tenth National Committee of CPPCC.

Mr. Qin Xiao

Age 63, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Company. Mr. Qin obtained his Ph.D. in economics from University 
of Cambridge. He is the Independent Non-Executive Director of HKR International Limited and AIA Group Limited and China 
World Trade Center Company Limited. He is a member of the eleventh Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference 
and  the  Honorary  Chairman  of  Hong  Kong  Chinese  Enterprises  Association,  a  part-time  professor  at  the  School  of 
Economics  and  Management  of  Tsinghua  University  and  the  Graduate  School  of  the  People’s  Bank  of  China.  He  served 
as  the  Chairman  of  China  Merchants  Bank  Co.,  Ltd.  and  China  Merchants  Group  Limited,  President  and  Vice  Chairman 
of  China International  Trust  and Investment  Corporation  (CITIC),  and  Chairman  of  CITIC Industrial Bank. He  was  a  deputy 
to  the  Ninth  National  People’s  Congress,  a  member  of  the  Tenth  Chinese  People’s  Political  Consultative  Conference, 
an  advisor  on  the  Foreign  Currency  Policy  of  the  State  Administration  of  Foreign  Exchange,  and  a  member  of  Toyota 
International  Advisory Board,  he  also  served  as  Chairman  of  APEC Business  Advisory  Council  (ABAC)  for  the  Year  2001. 
He is the author of several papers and books in the fields of economics and management.

Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius

Age  63,  is  an  Independent  Non-Executive  Director  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Tse  is  currently  an  Independent  Non-
executive  Director  of  CNOOC  Limited,  Wing  Hang  Bank  Limited,  Linmark  Group  Limited,  Sinofert  Holdings  Limited 
and SJM Holdings Limited. He was an independent non-executive director of China Construction Bank Corporation, 
which  is  listed  on  the  HKSE  Main  Board  from  2004  to  2010.  He  is  also  a  member  of  the  International  Advisory 
Council  of  the  People’s  Municipal  Government  of  Wuhan.  Mr.  Tse  is  a  fellow  of  the  Institute  of  Chartered 
Accountants  in  England  and  Wales,  and  the  Hong  Kong  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  (“HKICPA”).  Mr. 
Tse  is  a  past  president  and  the  current  Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  HKICPA.  He  joined  KPMG  in 
1976,  became  a  partner  in  1984  and  retired  in  March  2003.  Mr.  Tse  was  a  non-executive  Chairman  of  KPMG’s 
operations in China and a member of the KPMG China advisory board from 1997 to 2000. Mr. Tse is a graduate 
of the University of Hong Kong.

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

19

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Madam Cha May Lung, Laura

Age  61,  is  an  Independent  Non-Executive  Director  of  the  Company.  Mrs.  Cha  is  currently  a  Hong  Kong  Delegate  to  the 
11th National People’s Congress, PRC, a Member of the Standing Committee of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative 
Conference Shanghai Committee, the Vice Chairman of the International Advisory Council of the China Securities Regulatory 
Commission  (“CSRC”),  a  Member  of  the  Executive  Council  of  the  Government  of  the  Hong  Kong  Special  Administrative 
Region.  She  is  the  Non-Executive  Deputy  Chairman  of  The  Hongkong  and  Shanghai  Banking  Corporation,  the  Asia  Pacific 
subsidiary  of  HSBC  Holdings  plc,  of  which  she  is  a  Non-Executive  Director.  She  is  also  an  Independent  Non-Executive 
Director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited and Tata Consultancy Services Limited. She is the Vice-Chair of the 
Banking & Capital Markets Industry Agenda Council 2010 of the World Economic Forum and a member of the Yale School 
of Management Board of  Advisors. Mrs. Cha served as  Vice Chairman of CSRC  from February 2001  to September 2004 
and Assistant Director of Corporate Finance, Senior Director, Executive Director and Deputy Chairman of the Securities and 
Futures Commission of Hong Kong from 1991 to 2001. She received a Juris Doctor degree from Santa Clara University of 
USA in 1982.

Professor Xu Erming

Age  61,  is  an  Independent  Non-Executive  Director  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Xu  is  a  professor  and  Ph.D.  supervisor 
of  the  Graduate  School  at  the  Renmin  University  of  China,  Deputy  Secretary-General  of  the  Tenth  Session  of  the 
Academic  Committee,  and  a  member  of  the  Third  Session  of  the  University  Affairs  Committee  of  the  Renmin 
University  of  China,  Associate  Convener  of  the  Sixth  Session  of  the  Business  Administration  Academic  Appraisal 
Group  of  the  Academic  Degree  Committee  of  the  State  Council,  Vice  Chairman  of  the  Chinese  Enterprise 
Management  Research  Association,  and  Chairman  of  Beijing  Contemporary  Enterprise  Research  Association.  He 
is also entitled to the State Council’s special government allowances. He is the Independent Supervisor of Harbin 
Power Equipment Company Limited.

Over  the  years,  Professor  Xu  has  conducted  research  in  areas  related  to  strategic  management,  organisational 
theories, international management and education management, and has been responsible for research on many 
subjects  put  forward  by  the  National  Natural  Science  Foundation,  the  National  Social  Science  Foundation,  and 
other  authorities  at  provincial  and  ministry  level.  Professor  Xu  has  issued  many  publications  including  Business 
Strategy  and  Innovative  analysis,  Business  Strategic  Management,  Introduction  to  International  Business 
Management,  a  number  of  case  studies,  as  well  as  a  number  of  academic  dissertations  such  as  Empirical 
Research:  Effects  on  Performance  of  Supervision  Mechanisms  Substitution  Effect  of  Listed  Companies  and  has 
also  been  a  columnist  in  the  Economic  Daily.  He  has  received  many  awards  such  as  the  Ministry  of  Education’s 
Class  One  Excellent  Higher  Education  Textbook  Award  and  the  State-Level  Class  Two  Teaching  Award.  Professor 
Xu  has  been  a  visiting  professor  at  over  10  domestic  universities  and  has  been  awarded  the  Fulbright  Scholar 
of  U.S.A.  twice.  Professor  Xu  was  previously  a  lecturer  at  the  New  York  State  University  at  Buffalo,  U.S.A.,  the 
University  of  Scranton,  U.S.A.,  the  University  of  Technology,  Sydney,  the  Kyushu  University,  Japan  and  Hong  Kong 
Polytechnic University.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

20

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

Mr. Yung Shun Loy, Jacky

Age 48, is the Assistant Chief Financial Officer, Qualified Accountant and the Company Secretary of the Company. 
Mr.  Yung  is  a  fellow  member  of  the  Hong  Kong  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants,  a  fellow  member  of 
the  Association  of  Chartered  Certified  Accountants  of  United  Kingdom,  and  a  Certified  Practising  Accountant  in 
Australia. He has a bachelor degree in laws and a bachelor degree in social sciences. Mr. Yung has over 20 years 
of experience in auditing, company secretary and senior financial management of listed companies.

Mr. Yang Jianqing

Age  51,  is  the  financial  controller  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Yang  is  a  senior  engineer  and  a  visiting  professor  of 
Nanjing  University  of  Posts  and  Telecommunications.  He  graduated  from  the  Beijing  University  of  Posts  and 
Telecommunications  with  a  bachelor  degree  in  carrier  engineering  in  1982  and  obtained  a  master  degree  of 
business  administration  from  the  University  of  Hong  Kong  in  2005.  Mr.  Yang  served  as  Director  General  of 
Xining  Telecommunications  Bureau  in  Qinghai  province,  Deputy  Director  General  and  Director  General  of  Qinghai 
provincial  branch  and  Director  General  of  Gansu  provincial  branch.  He  is  also  the  Managing  Director  of  the 
Finance  Department  of  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  and  was  awarded  the  “Ministry  of  Posts  and 
Telecommunications  –  Young  management  professional  with  outstanding  contribution”.  He  has  29  years  of 
extensive experience in the telecommunications industry.

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

21

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Supervisors

Mr. Miao Jianhua

Age  59,  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Committee  of  the  Company  and  the  head  of  the  Discipline  Inspection 
Division  of  China  Telecommunications  Corporation.  Mr.  Miao  holds  a  master  degree  in  management  from  the 
Australian  National  University.  Mr.  Miao  held  senior  positions  at  the  former  Jilin  Provincial  Administration  of  Posts 
and  Telecommunications  and  served  as  Director  of  the  Inspection  Bureau  of  the  former  MPT  and  the  MII.  Mr.  Miao 
also  served  as  the  General Manager  of  the Human Resources Department  of  China Network  Communications  Group 
Corporation  and  China  Netcom  Group  Corporation  (Hong  Kong)  Limited,  Assistant  to  President  of  China  Network 
Communications  Group  Corporation,  Executive  Director  and  the  Joint  Company  Secretary  of  China  Netcom  Group 
Corporation  (Hong  Kong)  Limited,  the  head  of  the  Discipline  Inspection  Division  and  the  chairman  of  the  union 
of  China  United  Telecommunications  Corporation,  Executive  Director  of  China  Unicom  Limited,  Chairman  of  the 
Supervisory Committee of China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited. Mr. Miao is a senior economist and 
has extensive management experience in working for the government and enterprises in the PRC.

Madam Zhu Lihao

Age  70,  is  an  Independent  Supervisor  of  the  Supervisory  Committee  of  the  Company.  Madam  Zhu  is  a  senior 
auditor  and  a  qualified  accountant  in  the  PRC.  She  graduated  from  Beijing  Graduate  School  of  Mining  and 
Technology  with  a  major  in  engineering  economics  in  1963.  Madam  Zhu  served  as  a  Deputy  Director  General, 
Director General, Deputy Director and Director of the Department of Industry and Communications of the National 
Audit Bureau of China, and the Director General of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Foreign-related Auditing 
of the Audit Bureau. Madam Zhu has over 40 years of experience in management and auditing.

Mr. Ma Yuzhu

Age 57, is an Employee Representative Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee of the Company, Managing Director 
of  the  Corporate  Culture  Department  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Ma  graduated  from  the  Beijing  University  of  Posts  and 
Telecommunications  with  a  major  in  telecommunications  in  1982.  Mr.  Ma  studied  part-time  in  Australian  National 
University  in  2000  and  obtained  a  master  degree  in  international  business  administration  in  2001.  Mr.  Ma  served 
as  a  Director  General  in  China  International  Telecommunication  Construction  1st  Engineering  Bureau,  Director  of  the 
department of General Engineering of DGT. Mr. Ma is a senior engineer and has over 30 years of telecommunications 
construction and operation management experience in the telecommunication industry.

Mr. Xu Cailiao

Age 47, is a Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee of the Company. Mr. Xu is a Director of the Corporate Strategy 
Department of the Company. Mr. Xu graduated from the Law School of Peking University with a master degree in law 
in 1987. He served as a Director of the State Commission for Economic Restructuring and Managing Director of the 
Hong  Kong  branch  of  Irico  Group.  He  was  qualified  to  practise  law  in  China  in  1988.  Mr.  Xu  is  highly  experienced  in 
respect of corporate governance, organisational development and process management.

Madam Han Fang

Age  38,  is  a  Supervisor  of  the  Supervisory  Committee  of  the  Company.  Madam  Han  is  a  Director  of  the  Audit 
Department of the Company. Madam Han graduated from the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications 
with  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  Engineering  Management  in  1995.  She  obtained  a  master  degree  in  business 
administration  at  the  Norwegian  School  of  Management  in  2007.  She  worked  in  finance-related  jobs  serving  in 
China  Huaxin  Post  and  Telecommunications  Economy  Development  Centre  and  the  audit  department  of  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation.  Madam  Han  is  an  international  internal  auditor,  a  qualified  accountant  in  PRC 
and a senior accountant and has 16 years of finance and audit experience.

World’s Largest

World’s largest wireline operator

>170,000,000

Access lines in services
Access lines in services

World’s largest broadband operator

g

p

>60,000,000

Wireline broadband subbscribers
Wireline broadband subscribers

World’s largest CDMA mobile operator

g

p

>90,000,000

Mobile subscribers
Mobile subscribers

Continuously invest in our 
vibrant networks and systems 
to ensure world class standard

24

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Business Review

The following table sets out key operating data for 2008, 2009 and 2010.

Mobile subscribers

  of which: 3G subscribers

Wireline broadband subscribers

Access lines in service

Mobile voice usage

Mobile SMS usage

Unit 

million

million

million

million

million minutes

million messages

Mobile Color Ring Tone subscribers

million

2008

27.91

–

44.27

208.35

26,375

2,028

8.64

2009

56.09

4.07

53.46

2010

90.52

12.29

63.48

188.56

175.05

155,410

295,885

15,136

32.63

33,116

54.15

Wireline Local voice usage

million pulses

372,477

320,585

251,425

Wireline caller ID service subscribers

“One Home” subscribers

“BizNavigator” subscribers

million

million

million

146.74

128.45

118.99

23.93

2.53

36.36

4.36

48.45

4.99

Rate
 of change 
(2010 over 
2009)

61.4%

202.0%

18.7%

(7.2%)

90.4%

118.8%

66.0%

(21.6%)

(7.4%)

33.3%

14.4%

Note:  As the Company commenced its mobile service from the fourth quarter of 2008, data related to the Company’s mobile operation in 2008 only 

included those in the fourth quarter in 2008.

I n   2 0 1 0 ,  f a c i n g   t h e   d y n a m i c   m a c r o - e c o n o m i c 
developments  and  intensified  market  competition,  China 
Telecom  seized  the  opportunities  and  leveraged  its  full 
services  operation  to  accelerate  the  development  of 
mobile  services  and  strengthen  the  integration  of  the 
wireline,  mobile  and  Internet  services.  Mobile  services 
maintained  high  growth  momentum  and  the  risks  in 
wireline  ser vices  were  effectively  mitigated.  In  the 
meantime, we geared up to grow our 3G services resulting 
in  rapid  development  in  mobile  Internet  and  continuously 
increasing competitive edges.

  The grand opening of e-Surfi ng 3G internet handsets trade fair in 2010

Key Operating Performance

In  2010,  the  operating  revenues  were  RMB219,864 
million.  Excluding  the  amor tisation  of  the  upfront 
c o n n e c t i o n  f e e s ,  t h e  o p e r a t i n g  r ev e n u e s  we r e 
RMB219,367  million,  grew  by  5.4%  over  last  year. 
The  overall  business  structure  of  the  Company  has 
been further optimised while the revenue from mobile, 
broadband  and  other  strategic  growing  ser vices 
accounted  for  approximately  50%  of  the  operating 
revenues.

Mobile  services  maintained  high  growth  momentum 
in  2010.  The  Company  enhanced  its  mar keting 
capabilities  in  target  customer  groups  and  actively 
expanded  its  mobile  subscriber  base  through  the 
promotion  of  industr y-specific  applications,  the 
development  of  3G  services  and  the  strengthened 
marketing  efforts  in  key  target  markets.  The  number 
of  mobile  subscribers  reached  90.52  million,  61.4% 
increase  from  the  beginning  of  the  year.  Revenue 
from  mobile  services  reached  RMB47,722  million,  an 
increase  of  59.1%  over  last  year,  while  mobile  MOU 
remained stable.

Broadband services experienced solid growth in 2010. 
The  Company  continued  to  increase  efforts  in  the 
development  of  broadband  services,  taking  advantage 
of  its  access  network  optic  fiber  upgrade  and  the 
trial  of  the  Three  Network  Convergence.  The  Company 
sharpened  its  competitive  edge  through  bandwidth 
upgrade  and  stabilised  the  value  of  its  broadband 
services  through  integrated  operation,  ensuring  the 
leading  position  in  the  market.  The  total  number  of 
wireline  broadband  subscribers  was  63.48  million, 
an  increase  of  10.02  million,  or  18.7%  from  last 
year.  Revenue  from  wireline  broadband  services  was 
RMB54,127  million,  an  increase  of  15.0%  from  last 
year.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Business Review

25

   eCustomer Services Centre – online self-served 
bills enquiry and account management

W i r e l i n e   v a l u e - a d d e d   s e r v i c e s   a n d   i n t e g r a t e d 
information  services  continued  to  grow  in  2010.  We 
deepened  the  centralised  operations  and  focused 
on  differentiation  of  products  and  ser vices.  Best 
Tone  service  maintained  rapid  growth  and  business-
travel  applications  achieved  breakthroughs  through 
the  integration  of  multi-service  channels.  Revenue 
from  wireline  value-added  ser vices  and  integrated 
information  services  reached  RMB28,312  million,  an 
increase  of  1.2%  from  last  year,  accounting  for  12.9% 
of  the  operating  revenues  excluding  amortisation  of 
the upfront connection fees.

 Mr. Yang Jie, Executive Vice President, attended PT/EXPO COMM CHINA

  C h i n a   Te l e c o m   l a u n c h e d   t h e   t h r e e - s c r e e n   i n t e r a c t i v e   p r o d u c t s  
“ e - S u r fi n g   i n t e g r a t e d   v i d e o ”   i n   S h a n g h a i

 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

26

Business Review

Revenue  from  wireline  voice  services  in  2010  was 
RMB62,498  million,  representing  28.5%  of  the 
total  operating  revenues  excluding  amortisation  of 
the  upfront  connection  fees.  Through  deepening  of 
integration,  voice  traffic  promotion  based  on  monthly 
package  and  the  migration  of  the  PAS  subscribers 
to  our  mobile  ser vices,  the  decline  of  wireline 
subscribers  has  slowed  down,  the  proportion  of  PAS 
subscribers  has  gradually  decreased  and  hence 
the  risks  in  wireline  services  operation  have  been 
gradually alleviated.

Business Operating Strategies

In  2010,  the  Company  adhered  to  its  operational 
p h i l o s o p hy   o f   “ i n n o v a t i v e   d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n   a n d 
integration  aiming  at  profitable  scale  development”, 
continuing  to  enhance  its  capabilities  in  integrated 
operation,  industry  applications  promotion,  3G  and 
mobile Internet operation, sales channels optimisation 
as  well  as  the  extension  of  industr y  value  chain. 
In  particular,  the  following  five  business  operating 
strategies have been implemented:

Firstly,  we  deepened  our  integrated  operation  and 
achieved  effective  differentiation.  The  Company 
promoted  in-depth  integration  of  mobile,  broadband, 
wireline  voice  and  integrated  information  application 
services.  Measures  including  unified  accounts,  voice 
traffic  sharing  and  integration  of  applications  have 

Mobile Subscribers
(Millions)

61.4%

90.52

56.09

2009

2010

  e-Surfi ng 3G – offers proliferating products 

and services

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Business Review

27

Access Lines in Service
(Millions)

Wireline Broadband Subscribers
(Millions)

7.2%

188.6

175.1

29.2

15.1

32.1

16.4
14.5

34.0

112.2

110.2

18.7%

63.48

53.46

2009

2010

2009

2010

PAS

Government & Enterprise

Public Telephone

Household

been  taken  to  boost  sales.  Focusing  on  promoting 
integrated  service  packages,  we  tilted  our  handset 
subsidy  and  terminal  resources  towards  mid-to-high-
end  customers  and  encouraged  low-end  users  to 
upgrade  to  high-end  tariff  packages.  In  doing  so, 
we  aimed  to  stablise  and  increase  customer  value, 
enhance  customer  loyalty,  and  effectively  promote  the 
growth  of  subscriber  base  and  revenues.  As  at  the 
end  of  2010,  the  number  of  mobile  subscribers  using 
integrated  service  packages  accounted  for  53.0%  of 
the  total,  a  three  percentage  points  increase  from  the 
end  of  2009.  The  number  of  “One  Home”  subscribers 
as  a  percentage  of  total  household  subscribers 
reached  44.0%,  11.6  percentage  points  increase 
from  the  end  of  2009.  The  number  of  “BizNavigator” 
subscribers  reached  4.99  million,  increasing  14.4% 
from the end of 2009.

Secondly,  we  focused  on  the  expansion  of  key 
industr y-specific  applications  to  drive  the  scale 
development  of  mid-to-high-end  mobile  subscribers. 
In  2010,  we  pooled  the  strength  of  the  Company  and 
focused  on  the  promotion  of  four  key  industry-specific 
applications,  namely,  government  administration 
and  supervision,  transportation  and  logistics,  digital 
hospitals  and  e-Surfing  RFID.  These  have  satisfied 
customers’  demand  for  mobile  office  administration, 
l o g i s t i c s   e n q u i r y,  e - h o s p i t a l   r e g i s t r a t i o n   a n d 
telemedicine,  and  promoted  the  informatisation 
in  these  industries.  As  a  result,  industr y-specific 
applications  experienced  rapid  growth  month  by 
month,  effectively  driving  the  scale  development  of 
mid-to-high-end mobile subscribers.

  e-Surfi ng RFID – facilitates industry informatisation 
applications

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

28

Business Review

T h i r d l y,  w e   a c c e l e r a t e d   3 G   d e v e l o p m e n t   a n d 
deployed  traffic-centered  mobile  Internet  operation. 
We  optimised  3G  service  plans  to  highlight  the  3G 
features  of  mobile  Internet  over  handsets  and  mobile 
value-added  services.  We  tilted  subsidies  towards  3G 
development,  focusing  on  the  markets  of  business 
elites,  office  staff  and  young  students  to  develop 
3G  subscribers  with  a  net  increase  of  8.22  million 
subscribers  in  2010.  We  built  the  3G  key  products 
system,  implemented  its  operation  based  on  product 
centers  and  constantly  optimised  the  products. 
Meanwhile,  we  cooperated  with  leading  Internet 
companies  to  introduce  popular  Internet  applications. 
The  data  traffic  driven  by  key  3G  products  has 
significantly  increased  with  continuously  enhanced 
application  popularity  and  data  traffic  value.  3G 
customers’ value  and  loyalty  are much  higher  than  2G 
customers, our data traffic-centric operational strategy 
achieved initial success.

Four thly,  we  optimised  the  system  of  distribution 
channels  with  increased  contribution  from  open 
channels  in  2010.  We  made  great  efforts  to  promote 
open  channels,  taking  measures  such  as  penetrating 
chain stores, introducing dealers into our service halls 
and  direct  supply  of  terminals.  Sales  through  open 
channels  have  made  breakthroughs  in  chain  stores, 
the  Company’s  terminals  and  services  are  available 
for  sale  in  more  than  1,000  chain  stores  of  Gome, 

Suning,  FunTalk,  and  D.PHONE,  meeting  the  target 
of  reaching  2  out  of  the  top  10  local  open  channels. 
M o b i l e  t e r m i n a l  s a l e s  t h r o u g h  o p e n  c h a n n e l s 
exceeded  60%  of  the  total  and  mobile  subscribers 
registered  through  open  channel  reached  50%, 
indicating  increasing  importance  of  open  channels  in 
the scale development of mobile services.

Fifthly, driven by the Company’s scale development and 
tactical  guidance,  the  terminal  industry  value  chain 
became  invigorating.  In  2010,  the  Company  promoted 
the  growth  of  the  terminal  industr y  value  chain 
through scale development of mobile subscribers. The 
Company  further  standardised  terminal  supplies  and 
sales  mechanism  by  means  of  incentive  subsidy  and 
factor y  direct  supply.  Terminal  models  proliferated 
rapidly  with  continuously  enhanced  price-performance 
ratio.  During  the  year,  around  45  million  CDMA 
terminals  were  sold,  of  which  nearly  10  million  were 
EV-DO  mobile  handsets.  The  number  of  3G  terminal 
models  is  over  300.  Smart  phones  priced  at  around 
RMB1,000  or  so  such  as  ZTE  N600  and  Huawei 
C8500 and star 3G handset models such as Motorola 
XT800,  Samsung  (W799  and  i909)  were  popular 
in  the  market.  As  a  result,  our  mobile  terminals 
achieved  further  optimised  structure  with  continuously 
enhanced  price-performance  ratio,  providing  more 
choices to the customers.

  e-Surfi ng network – connecting the World
  e-Surfi ng network – connecting the World

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Business Review

29

  e-Surfi ng Wifi  – enjoyable high speed Internet surfi ng experience
  e-Surfi ng Wifi  – enjoyable high speed Internet surfi ng experience

Operating Highlights in 2011

In  2011,  in  order  to  grasp  growth  opportunities  in  the 
fast  evolving  mobile  Internet  market  and  tackle  the 
challenges brought by fierce competition in current and 
emerging business, the Company will continue to stick 
to  its  “Customer-Focused  Innovative  Informatisation” 
strategy.  Positioning  itself  as  “a  leader  of  intelligent 
pipeline,  a  provider  of  integrated  platforms,  and  a 
participant  of  content  and  application  development”, 
the  Company  will  promote  scale  growth  of  subscriber 
base  in  full  swing.  We  will  further  deepen  integrated 
development  and  continuously  optimise  business 
structure,  progressively  transforming  to  a  mobile 
Internet  operating  mode.  In  particular,  we  will  build 
differentiated  edges  with  increasing  focus  on  3G 
services and continuously enhance scale development 
of  industry  applications  to  promote  the  expansion  of 
mid-to-high-end  government  and  enterprise  customers. 
We  will  push  forward  broadband  speed  upgrade  to 
keep  our  competitive  edges.  We  will  take  measures 
to  further  alleviate  the  risk  of  wireline  voice  services 
to  promote  harmonious  full  ser vices  operation. 
Meanwhile,  we  will  continue  to  strengthen  network 
optimisation,  operation  and  maintenance,  aiming  at 
enhancing  service  capacity  for  full  services  operation 
and  forging  innovative  and  differentiated  competitive 
edge.

Network and Operation Support

In  line  with  the  requirement  of  deepening  strategic 
transfor mation  in  2010,  we  per sisted  in  tilting 
investment  towards  high  growth  services  and  high 
return service regions to enhance return on investment 
and  optimise  resource  allocation  under  tight  risk 
control.  The  Company  made  major  achievements  in 
improving  network  capacity,  strengthening  supporting 
platforms,  promoting  network  evolution  and  deepening 
precision management.

I n  2 0 1 0 ,  c a p i t a l  e x p e n d i t u r e  wa s  R M B 4 3 , 0 3 7 
million,  an  increase  of  13.1%  from  last  year.  Capital 
e x p e n d i t u r e  a c c o u n t e d  f o r  1 9 . 6 %  o f  o p e r a t i n g 
revenues  excluding  amor tisation  of  the  upfront 
connection  fees,  up  by  1.3  percentage  points  from 
2009.  In  order  to  effectively  support  the  Company’s 
transformation,  we  made  appropriate  modification  to 
investment  structure  to  further  increase  the  weight  of 
investment  in  broadband  and  value-added  services, 
which  greatly  contributed  to  the  scale  development  of 
our transformation services. We proactively negotiated 
with  the  parent  company  in  mobile  network  planning 
to  push  forward  network  optimisation  and  quality 
enhancement,  promoted  effective  synergy  between 
WiF i  and  EV-DO  and  increase  networ k  resource 
utilisation  and  traffic  value.  With  respect  to  the 
bearer  network,  we  speeded  up  capacity  expansion 
and  optimisation  of  IP,  backbone  transmission  and 
metropolitan  area  networks,  and  actively  carried  out 
pilot programs for the next generation network to lay a 
solid foundation for network and technology evolution.

Regarding  the  broadband  network,  we  systemically 
upgraded  access  networks  with  optic  fiber,  and 
m a s s i v e l y  d e p l oy e d  F i b e r - To - T h e - H o m e  ( F T T H ) , 
achieving significant enhancement of customer access 
bandwidth.  In  2010,  investment  in  broadband  and 
Internet  services  was  RMB27,630  million,  accounting 
for  64.2%  of  the  total  capital  expenditure,  up  by  10.1 
percentage  points  from  last  year.  By  the  end  of  2010, 
broadband access capacity increased by 17.90 million 
por ts  over  the  year;  the  20M  and  4M  bandwidth 
coverage  in  urban  areas  (including  the  counties)  were 
58%  and  98%  respectively,  representing  an  increase 
of  22  and  3  percentage  points  from  the  end  of  2009, 
respectively.  Meanwhile,  in  order  to  give  a  full  play  of 
WiFi  networks  as  the  extension  and  supplement  to 
wireline  broadband  and  3G  networks,  with  a  view  to 
diverting data traffic from EV-DO to WiFi, we continued 
to  increase  our  investment  in  WiFi  networks.  By  the 
end  of  2010,  the  number  of  WiFi  hotspots  reached 
100,000.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

30

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Conditions and Results of Operations

Summary

In  2010,  the  Group  actively  expanded  its  full  services  operation  to  promote  the  strategy  of  “Customer-focused 
Innovative  Informatisation”,  implementing  differentiated  development  and  operating  strategy.  This  resulted  in 
revenue  and  profit  growth  in  tandem,  noticeable  improvement  of  profitability  and  preliminary  accomplishment  of 
effective  scale  development.  The  Group’s  operating  revenues  in  2010  were  RMB219,864  million,  an  increase  of 
5.0%  from  2009;  operating  expenses  were  RMB195,848  million,  an  increase  of  4.9%  from  2009;  profit 
attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the  Company  was  RMB15,759  million  and  basic  earnings  per  share  was 
RMB0.19; EBITDA 1 was RMB88,992 million and the EBITDA margin was 40.5%.

Excluding  the  amortisation  of  upfront  connection  fees,  the  operating  revenues  of  the  Group  in  2010  were 
RMB219,367  million,  an  increase  of  5.4%  from  2009;  profit  attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the  Company  was 
RMB15,262  million,  an  increase  of  15.0%  from  2009,  basic  earnings  per  share  was  RMB0.19;  EBITDA  was 
RMB88,495 million and the EBITDA margin was 40.3%.

Operating Revenues

In  2010,  facing  the  challenges  from  frequent  natural  disasters,  intense  market  competition  and  continuous 
decline  in  the  wireline  services,  the  Group  continued  to  deepen  its  strategic  transformation  and  implemented 
the  strategy  of  integrated  and  differentiated  development  in  full  swing.  Our  full  ser vices  operation  has 
achieved  remarkable  development  with  steady  growth  of  operating  revenues.  Operating  revenues  in  2010  were 
RMB219,864  million,  an  increase  of  5.0%  from  2009.  Excluding  the  amortisation  of  upfront  connection  fees  of 
RMB497 million, operating revenues in 2010 were RMB219,367 million, an increase of 5.4% from 2009. Of this, 
the  total  mobile  revenue  was  RMB53,953  million,  an  increase  of  51.5%  from  2009.  Excluding  the  amortisation 
of  upfront  connection  fees,  the  wireline  service  revenue  was  RMB165,414  million,  a  decrease  of  4.2%  from 
2009.  The  ratio  of  wireline  non-voice  services  to  total  revenue  from  wireline  services,  excluding  the  amortisation 
of  upfront  connection  fees,  has  increased  over  the  year  to  62.2%  in  2010,  a  rise  of  7.6  percentage  points  from 
2009.  The  Group  has  consistently  optimised  its  revenue  structure  and  innovated  its  development  model  with 
improvement in risk resistance capability.

The  following  table  sets  forth  a  breakdown  of  the  operating  revenues  of  the  Group  for  2009  and  2010,  together 
with their respective rates of change:

For the year ended 31 December

2009

Rate of Change

(RMB in millions, except percentage data)

Wireline voice

Mobile voice

Internet

Value-added services

Integrated information application services

Managed data and leased line

Others

Upfront connection fees

Total operating revenues

2010

62,498

28,906

63,985

22,571

15,519

12,389

13,499

497

78,432

20,027

51,567

21,533

12,659

11,499

12,502

1,151

219,864

209,370

(20.3%)

44.3%

24.1%

4.8%

22.6%

7.7%

8.0%

(56.8%)

5.0%

1 

EBITDA  was  calculated  from  operating  revenues  minus  operating  expenses  (which  excluded  depreciation  and  amortisation  and 
CDMA network capacity lease fee). As the telecommunications business is a capital intensive industry, capital expenditure, the level 
of gearing and finance costs may have a significant impact on the net profit of companies with similar operating results. Therefore, 
we  believe  EBITDA  may  be  helpful  in  analysing  the  operating  results  of  a  telecommunications  service  provider  such  as  the 
Company. Although EBITDA has been widely applied in the global telecommunications industry as a benchmark to reflect operating 
performance,  financial  capability  and  liquidity,  it  is  not  regarded  as  a  measure  of  operating  performance  and  liquidity  under 
generally accepted accounting principles. It also does not represent net cash from operating activities. In addition, our EBITDA may 
not be comparable to similar indicators provided by other companies.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 

31

Financial Conditions and Results of Operations

Wireline Voice

Although  the  Group  has  adopted  the  integrated  operations  model  to  minimise  the  declining  trend  of  traditional 
wireline  services,  revenue  from  wireline  voice  continued  to  decrease  due  to  the  increased  cannibalisation  of 
wireline  voice  usage  by  other  forms  of  communication,  such  as  mobile  communications  and  VOIP,  as  well  as  the 
decline  in  PAS  services.  In  2010,  revenue  from  wireline  voice  services  was  RMB62,498  million,  a  decrease  of 
20.3% from RMB78,432 million in 2009, accounting for 28.4% of our operating revenues.

Mobile Voice

In  2010,  revenue  from  mobile  voice  services  was  RMB28,906  million,  an  increase  of  44.3%  from  RMB20,027 
million  in  2009,  accounting  for  13.1%  of  our  operating  revenues.  With  more  than  two  years  full  services 
operation,  the  Group  has  successfully  entered  the  mobile  market,  and  the  mobile  services  grew  rapidly.  At  the 
end  of  2010,  the  number  of  mobile  subscribers  reached  90.52  million,  an  increase  of  61.4%  from  the  beginning 
of the year.

Internet

In 2010, revenue from Internet access services was RMB63,985 million, an increase of 24.1% from RMB51,567 
million  in  2009,  accounting  for  29.1%  of  our  operating  revenues.  Through  network  speed  upgrade  and  integrated 
operations,  the  number  of  broadband  subscribers  has  increased  continuously  and  hence,  revenue  from  our 
Internet  access  services  has  grown  rapidly.  At  the  end  of  2010,  the  number  of  wireline  broadband  subscribers 
increased by 18.7% to 63.48 million, a net increase of 10.02 million subscribers from the end of 2009. Revenue 
from mobile Internet access services was RMB9,020 million, an increase of 139.9% from 2009.

Value-Added Services

In  2010,  revenue  from  value-added  services  was  RMB22,571  million,  an  increase  of  4.8%  from  RMB21,533 
million in 2009, accounting for 10.3% of our operating revenues. The increase in revenue was mainly attributable 
to  the  rapid  growth  of  mobile  value-added  services.  Revenue  from  mobile  value-added  services  was  RMB7,858 
million,  an  increase  of  40.3%  from  2009.  Due  to  the  decline  in  PAS  services,  revenue  from  wireline  value-added 
services as a whole decreased.

Integrated Information Application Services

In 2010, revenue from integrated information application services was RMB15,519 million, an increase of 22.6% 
from  RMB12,659  million  in  2009,  accounting  for  7.1%  of  our  operating  revenues.  The  increase  in  revenue  was 
mainly  due  to  the  rapid  development  of  the  IT  service  and  applications  services  as  well  as  “Best  Tone”  type  of 
information services. Revenue from mobile integrated information application services was RMB1,920 million, an 
increase of 216.3% from 2009.

Managed Data and Leased Line

In 2010, revenue from managed data and leased line services was RMB12,389 million, an increase of 7.7% from 
RMB11,499  million  in  2009,  accounting  for  5.6%  of  our  operating  revenues.  The  increase  in  revenue  was  mainly 
attributable  to  the  increasing  demand  from  customers  for  network  resources  and  informatisation  which  resulted 
in  increased  revenue  growth  from  the  leased  circuits  services,  IP-VPN  services,  leased  equipment  for  system 
integration  and  Mega-Eye  services.  Revenue  from  mobile  managed  data  and  leased  line  services  was  RMB18 
million.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

32

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 

Financial Conditions and Results of Operations

Others

In  2010,  revenue  from  other  services  was  RMB13,499  million,  an  increase  of  8.0%  from  RMB12,502  million  in 
2009, accounting for 6.1% of our operating revenues. The growth of revenue was mainly attributable to the sales 
revenue  of  mobile  terminal  equipment  and  system  integration  equipment.  Revenue  from  other  mobile  services 
was RMB6,231 million, an increase of 10.9% from 2009.

Upfront Connection Fees

Upfront  connection  fees  represent  the  amortised  amount  of  upfront  fees  received  for  the  initial  activation  of 
wireline services of the Group, which were amortised over an expected customer relationship period of 10 years. 
Effective  from  July  2001,  the  Group  ceased  to  charge  new  subscribers  upfront  connection  fees.  The  amortised 
amount was RMB497 million in 2010, representing a decrease of 56.8% from RMB1,151 million in 2009.

The amortisation of upfront connection fees will end in July 2011. The amortised upfront connection fees for the 
year 2011 will be RMB98 million.

Operating Expenses

In  2010,  the  operating  expenses  of  the  Group  were  RMB195,848  million,  an  increase  of  4.9%  from  2009.  The 
ratio  of  operating  expenses  to  operating  revenues  fell  to  89.1%  in  2010,  a  slight  decrease  as  compared  to  that 
of  2009.  Through  positive  cost  strategy  and  centralised  resources  deployment,  more  costs  were  tilted  towards 
key  customers  and  high-value  services  and  the  Group  has  stringent  control  over  resources  allocation  to  low-end 
customers and the projects with low rate of return on investment, which has effectively boosted the full services 
operation.

The  following  table  sets  forth  a  breakdown  of  the  operating  expenses  of  the  Group  in  2009  and  2010  and  their 
respective rates of change:

For the year ended 31 December

2009

Rates of Change

(RMB in millions, except percentage data)

(cid:1)

Depreciation and amortisation

Network operations and support expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Personnel expenses

Other operating expenses

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

2010

51,656

47,288

42,130

35,529

19,106

139

52,243

42,903

40,507

32,857

17,449

753

Total operating expenses

195,848

186,712

(1.1%)

10.2%

4.0%

8.1%

9.5%

(81.5%)

4.9%

Depreciation and Amortisation

In  2010,  depreciation  and  amortisation  was  RMB51,656  million,  a  decrease  of  1.1%  from  RMB52,243  million  in 
2009, accounting for 23.6% of our operating revenues. The decline was due to the continuous stringent control of 
capital expenditure by the Group.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 

33

Financial Conditions and Results of Operations

Network Operations and Support Expenses

In  2010,  network  operations  and  support  expenses  were  RMB47,288  million,  an  increase  of  10.2%  from 
RMB42,903  million  in  2009,  accounting  for  21.5%  of  our  operating  revenues.  The  increase  was  mainly 
attributable  to  the  increase  in  CDMA  network  capacity  lease  fee  and  the  costs  for    transformation  services  by 
the Group. The CDMA network capacity lease fee in 2010 amounted to RMB13,320 million, an increase of 58.9% 
from 2009.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

In 2010, selling, general and administrative expenses amounted to RMB42,130 million, an increase of 4.0% from 
RMB40,507 million in 2009, accounting for 19.2% of our operating revenues. The growth was mainly attributable 
to the appropriate increase in the expenses for market expansion and distribution channels. In the meantime, the 
Group  has  stringent  cost  control  measures  on  administrative  expenses  and  non-production  expenditure,  reducing 
the general and administrative expenses by 8.0% from 2009.

Personnel Expenses

In  2010,  personnel  expenses  were  RMB35,529  million,  an  increase  of  8.1%  from  RMB32,857  million  in  2009, 
accounting for 16.2% of our operating revenues. The increase in personnel expenses was mainly due to increased 
efforts  in  attracting  and  motivating  talents  as  well  as  enhancing  performance-based  incentive  schemes  of  the 
frontline employees.

Other Operating Expenses

In  2010,  other  operating  expenses  were  RMB19,106  million,  an  increase  of  9.5%  from  RMB17,449  million  in 
2009,  accounting  for  8.7%  of  our  operating  revenues.  The  increase  was  largely  attributed  to  the  growth  in  the 
mobile  interconnection  expenses.  The  mobile  interconnection  expenses  amounted  to  RMB5,821  million  in  2010, 
an increase of 67.9% from 2009.

Net Finance Costs

In  2010,  the  Group’s  net  finance  costs  were  RMB3,600  million,  a  decline  of  17.7%  from  RMB4,375  million 
in  2009.  Net  interest  expenses  fell  by  RMB929  million.  The  decrease  was  mainly  attributable  to  the  Group’s 
increased repayment of the bank loans and other loans. Net exchange losses were RMB92 million in 2010, while 
net  exchange  gains  were  RMB67  million  in  2009.  The  change  in  net  exchange  loss/gain  was  mainly  attributable 
to the depreciation of the RMB against the Japanese Yen.

Profitability Level

Income Tax

The  Group’s  statutory  income  tax  rate  is  25%.  In  2010,  the  Group’s  income  tax  expenses  were  RMB5,031 
million with the effective income tax rate of 24.1%. The difference between the effective income tax rate and the 
statutory  income  tax  rate  of  the  Group  was  mainly  attributable  to  the  exclusion  of  upfront  connection  fees  from 
taxable  revenue,  and  the  preferential  income  tax  rate  of  22%  or  15%  enjoyed  by  our  branches  located  in  special 
economic zones and the western regions of China.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

34

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 

Financial Conditions and Results of Operations

Profit Attributable To Equity Holders of the Company

In  2010,  profit  attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the  Company  was  RMB15,759  million,  an  increase  of  9.3%  from 
RMB14,422  million  in  2009.  Excluding  the  amortisation  of  upfront  connection  fees,  the  profit  attributable  to 
equity holders of the Company was RMB15,262 million, an increase of 15.0% from RMB13,271 million in 2009.

Capital Expenditure and Cash Flows

Capital Expenditure

In  2010,  the  Group  accelerated  the  development  of  broadband  services  and  increased  investment  in  optic  fiber 
upgrade  and  broadband  access  capabilities.  In  the  meantime,  the  Group  continued  to  manage  and  control  its 
capital  expenditure,  strictly  control  the  investment  in  traditional  wireline  voice  services.  Capital  expenditure  was 
RMB43,037 million, an increase of 13.1% from RMB38,042 million in 2009.

Cash Flows

In 2010, net decrease in cash and cash equivalents for the Group was RMB8,934 million, while the net increase 
in cash and cash equivalents was RMB6,940 million in 2009.

The following table sets forth the cash flow position of the Group in 2009 and 2010:

(RMB millions)

Net cash flow from operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

For the year ended 31 December

2010

75,571

(45,734)

(38,771)

(8,934)

2009

74,988

(43,255)

(24,793)

6,940

In  2010,  the  net  cash  inflow  from  operating  activities  was  RMB75,571  million,  an  increase  of  RMB583  million 
from RMB74,988 million in 2009.

In  2010,  the  net  cash  outflow  for  investing  activities  was  RMB45,734  million,  an  increase  of  RMB2,479  million 
from RMB43,255 million in 2009, mainly resulting from an increase in the Group’s capital expenditure in 2010.

In 2010, the net cash outflow for financing activities was RMB38,771 million, an increase of RMB13,978 million 
from  RMB24,793  million  in  2009.  The  increase  in  net  cash  outflow  was  mainly  due  to  the  Group’s  increased 
repayment of the bank loans and other loans.

Working Capital

At  the  end  of  2010,  the  Group’s  working  capital  (total  current  assets  minus  total  current  liabilities)  deficit  was 
RMB71,678 million, a reduction of deficit of RMB10,867 million from RMB82,545 million in 2009. The decrease 
in deficit was mainly attributable to the increased operating revenues of RMB10,494 million. As at 31 December 
2010, the Group’s unutilised committed credit facilities was RMB98,576 million (2009: RMB102,555 million). At 
the  end  of  2010,  the  Group’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents  amounted  to  RMB25,824  million,  amongst  which  cash 
and cash equivalents denominated in Renminbi accounted for 91.2% (2009: 94.7%).

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 

35

Financial Conditions and Results of Operations

Assets and Liabilities

In  2010,  the  Group  continued  to  maintain  a  solid  capital  structure.  By  the  end  of  2010,  the  total  assets  of 
the  Group  fell  to  RMB407,355  million  from  RMB426,520  million  at  the  end  of  2009,  while  total  indebtedness 
decreased to RMB73,576 million from RMB105,923 million in 2009. The ratio of the Group’s total indebtedness 
to total assets fell from 24.8% at the end of 2009 to 18.1% at the end of 2010.

Indebtedness

The indebtedness analysis of the Group as of the end of 2009 and 2010 is as follows:

(RMB millions)

Short-term debt

Long-term debt maturing within one year

Finance lease obligations maturing within one year

Long-term debt (excluding current portion)

Total debt

For the year ended 31 December

2010

20,675

10,352

–

42,549

73,576

2009

51,650

1,487

18

52,768

105,923

(cid:1)

By  the  end  of  2010,  the  total  indebtedness  of  the  Group  was  RMB73,576  million,  a  decrease  of  RMB32,347 
million  from  2009.  The  main  reason  for  the  decrease  was  the  Group’s  repayment  of  a  portion  of  bank  loans  and 
other loans. Of the total indebtedness of the Group, the Company’s loans in Renminbi, US Dollars, Japanese Yen 
and  Euro  accounted  for  96.0%  (2009:  96.9%),  1.0%  (2009:  0.8%),  2.2%  (2009:  1.7%),  and  0.8%  (2009:  0.6%) 
respectively.  98.5%  (2009:  95.7%)  of  this  indebtedness  are  loans  with  fixed  interest  rates,  while  the  remainder 
are loans with floating interest rates.

As of 31 December 2010, the Group did not pledge any assets as collateral for debt (2009: Nil).

Most  of  the  Group’s  revenue  receipts  from  and  payments  made  for  its  business  were  denominated  in  Renminbi, 
therefore the Group did not have significant risk exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations.

Contractual Obligations

Payable in

1 January 
2011 – 31 
December 
2011

1 January 
2012 – 31 
December 
2012

1 January 
2013 – 31 
December 
2013

1 January 
2014 – 31 
December 
2014

Total

20,924

20,924

–

–

–

59,560

12,802

13,261

11,435

21,022

(RMB millions)

Short-term debt

Long-term debt

Operating lease commitments

27,180

13,525

11,531

Capital commitments

5,124

5,124

–

577

–

439

–

Thereafter

–

1,040

1,108

–

Total contractual obligations

112,788

52,375

24,792

12,012

21,461

2,148

Note:  Amounts of short-term debt and long-term debt include recognised and unrecognised interest payable, and are not discounted.

 
 
Asia’s Best

FFFFinanceAsia
FinanceAsia

No.1

Best Managed 
Company in Asian 
Telecom Sector

EEEEuromoney
Euromoney
EEEuromoney

No.1

Best Managed 
Company in Asia

CCCC
Corporate
aa
Governance Asia

Asia’s

Best Companies in
Corporate Governance

Continuously invest in our 
people to empower them to 
tackle new challenges

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

38

Report of the Directors

The  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  of  China  Telecom  Corporation  Limited  (the  “Company”)  hereby  presents 
its  report  together  with  the  audited  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively, 
the  “Group”)  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  for  the  year  ended  31 
December 2010.

Principal Business

The principal business of the Company and the Group is the provision of basic communications services including 
comprehensive  wireline  telecommunications  services,  mobile  telecommunications  services,  value-added  services 
such  as  Internet  access  services,  integrated  information  services  and  other  related  services  within  the  service 
area of the Group.

Results

Results  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2010  and  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  and  the 
Group as at that date are set out in the audited financial statements on pages 90 to 146 in this annual report.

Dividend

The  Board  proposes  a  final  dividend  in  the  amount  equivalent  to  HK$0.085  per  share,  totalling  approximately 
RMB5,778  million  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2010.  The  dividend  proposal  will  be  submitted  for 
consideration  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting  to  be  held  on  20  May  2011.  Dividends  will  be  denominated  and 
declared in Renminbi. Dividends on domestic shares will be paid in Renminbi, whereas dividends on H shares will 
be paid in Hong Kong dollars. The relevant exchange rate will be the average offer rate of Renminbi to Hong Kong 
dollars  as  announced  by  the  People’s  Bank  of  China  for  the  week  prior  to  the  date  of  declaration  of  dividends  at 
the Annual General Meeting. The final dividends are expected to be paid around 30 June 2011 after obtaining the 
shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting.

Pursuant to the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China and the Implementation Rules of the 
Enterprise Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China implemented in 2008, the Company shall be obliged 
to  withhold  10%  enterprise  income  tax  when  it  distributes  the  proposed  2010  final  dividends  to  non-resident 
enterprise  shareholders  of  overseas  H  shares,  (including  Hong  Kong  Securities  Clearing  Company  Nominees 
Limited,  other  corporate  nominees  or  trustees,  and  other  entities  or  organisations)  whose  names  appear  on  the 
Company’s  H  share  register  of  members  on  20  May  2011.  The  individual  income  tax  will  not  be  deducted  from 
any  natural  person  shareholders  whose  names  appear  on  the  Company’s  H  shares  register  of  members  on  20 
May 2011.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Report of the Directors

39

Directors and Senior Management of the Company

The  following  table  sets  out  certain  information  of  the  Directors  and  senior  management  of  the  Company  as  at 
the date of this Report:

Name

Age

Position in the Company

Date of Appointment

Wang Xiaochu

Shang Bing

Wu Andi

Zhang Jiping

Zhang Chenshuang

Li Ping

Yang Xiaowei

Yang Jie

Sun Kangmin

Li Jinming

Wu Jichuan

Qin Xiao

Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius

Cha May Lung, Laura

Xu Erming

Yung Shun Loy, Jacky

Yang Jianqing

53

55

56

55

59

57

47

49

54

59

73

63

63

61

61

48

51

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

20 December 2004

Executive Director, President and 
  Chief Operating Officer

9 September 2008

Executive Director, Executive Vice President 
  and Chief Financial Officer

10 September 2002

Executive Director and Executive Vice President

10 September 2002

Executive Director and Executive Vice President

31 August 2007

Executive Vice President

10 September 2002

Executive Director and Executive Vice President

9 September 2008

Executive Director and Executive Vice President

20 October 2004

Executive Director and Executive Vice President

20 October 2004

Non-executive Director

20 December 2004

Independent Non-executive Director

9 September 2008

Independent Non-executive Director

9 September 2008

Independent Non-executive Director

9 September 2005

Independent Non-executive Director

9 September 2008

Independent Non-executive Director

9 September 2005

Assistant Chief Financial Officer, 
  Qualified Accountant and Company Secretary

1 February 2005

Financial Controller

28 October 2010

On  28  October  2010,  Mr.  Wang  Qi  resigned  from  the  position  of  Financial  Controller  due  to  change  in  job 
responsibility. Mr. Yang Jianqing was appointed as Financial Controller by the management on the same day.

Supervisors of the Company

The following table sets out certain information of the supervisors of the Company as at the date of this Report:

Name

Age

Position in the Company

Date of Appointment

Miao Jianhua

Zhu Lihao

Ma Yuzhu

Xu Cailiao

Han Fang

59

70

57

47

38

Chairman of the Supervisory Committee

29 December 2009

Independent Supervisor

10 September 2002

Supervisor (Employee Representative)

9 September 2005

Supervisor

Supervisor

9 September 2005

9 September 2008

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

40

Report of the Directors

Share Capital

The  share  capital  of  the  Company  as  at  31  December  2010  was  RMB80,932,368,321,  divided  into 
80,932,368,321  shares  of  RMB1.00  each.  As  at  31  December  2010,  the  share  capital  of  the  Company 
comprised:

Share category

Domestic shares (total):

Domestic shares held by:

Percentage 
of the total 
number of shares 
in issue as at 
31 December 
2010
(%)

Number of 
shares as at 
31 December 
2010

67,054,958,321

82.85

  China Telecommunications Corporation

57,377,053,317

70.89

  Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd.

  Zhejiang Financial Development Company

  Fujian State-owned Assets Investment Holdings Co., Ltd.

  Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd.

Total number of H shares (including ADSs)

Total

5,614,082,653

2,137,473,626

969,317,182

957,031,543

13,877,410,000

80,932,368,321

6.94

2.64

1.20

1.18

17.15

100.00

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Report of the Directors

41

Material  Interests  and  Short  Positions  in  Shares  and  Underlying  Shares  of 
the Company

As  at  31  December  2010,  the  interests  or  short  position  of  persons  who  are  entitled  to  exercise  or  control  the 
exercise  of  5%  or  more  of  the  voting  power  at  any  of  the  Company’s  general  meetings  (excluding  the  Directors 
and  Supervisors)  in  the  shares  and  underlying  shares  of  equity  derivatives  of  the  Company  as  recorded  in  the 
register required to be maintained under Section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (the “SFO”) are as 
follows:

Name of shareholder

Number of shares

Percentage of 
the respective 
type of shares

Percentage 
of the total 
number of 
shares in issue

Type of 
shares

Capacity

China Telecommunications 
  Corporation

57,377,053,317
(Long Position)

Domestic 
  shares

85.57%

70.89%

Beneficial owner

Guangdong Rising Assets 
  Management Co., Ltd.

5,614,082,653
(Long Position)

Domestic 
  shares

8.37%

6.94%

Beneficial owner

Commonwealth Bank 
  of Australia

1,538,666,000
(Long Position)

H shares

11.09%

1.90%

Interest of controlled 
  corporation

Capital Research and
  Management Company

1,254,424,000
(Long Position)

H shares

9.04%

1.55%

Investment manager

Blackrock, Inc.

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

1,130,723,080
(Long Position)

31,103,524
(Short Position)

971,952,626
(Long Position)

H shares

8.15%

1.40%

H shares

0.22%

0.04%

H shares

7.00%

1.20%

Interest of controlled 
  corporation

Interest of controlled 
  corporation

114,089,124 shares 
  as beneficial owner 
  68,176,000 shares 
  as investment 
  manager 
  789,687,502 
  shares as security 
interest holder/
  approved lending 
  agent

53,528,893
(Short Position)

789,687,502
(Shares available for 
lending)

H shares

0.39%

0.07%

beneficial owner

H shares

5.69%

0.98%

Security interest 
  holder/approved 
lending agent

 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

42

Report of the Directors

Name of shareholder

Number of shares

RFS Holdings B.V.

907,191,530
(Long Position)

1,180,327,134
(Short Position)

Percentage of 
the respective 
type of shares

Percentage 
of the total 
number of 
shares in issue

Type of 
shares

H shares

6.54%

1.12%

H shares

8.51%

1.46%

Capacity

Interest of controlled 
  corporation

Interest of controlled 
  corporation

Templeton Investment
  Counsel, LLC

693,347,861
(Long Position)

H shares

5.00%

0.86%

Investment manager

Save  as  stated  above,  as  at  31  December  2010,  in  the  register  required  to  be  maintained  under  Section  336 
of  the  SFO,  no  other  persons  were  recorded  to  hold  any  interests  or  short  positions  in  the  shares  or  underlying 
shares of the equity derivatives of the Company.

Directors’  and  Super visors’  Interests  and  Shor t  Positions  in  Shares, 
Underlying Shares and Debentures

As  at  31  December  2010,  none  of  the  directors  and  supervisors  of  the  Company  had  any  interests  or  short 
positions  in  the  shares,  underlying  shares  of  equity  derivatives  or  debentures  of  the  Company  or  its  associated 
corporations  (as  defined  in  Part  XV  of  the  SFO)  as  recorded  in  the  register  required  to  be  maintained  under 
section  352  of  the  SFO  or  as  otherwise  notified  to  the  Company  and  The  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong  Kong  Limited 
pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers.

As at 31 December 2010, the Company had not granted its directors or supervisors, or their respective spouses 
or children below the age of 18 any rights to subscribe for the shares or debentures of the Company or any of its 
associated corporations and none of them has ever exercised any such right.

Directors’ and Supervisors’ Interests in Contracts

For  the  year  ended  31  December  2010,  none  of  the  directors  and  supervisors  of  the  Company  had  any  material 
interest,  whether  directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  of  the  contracts  of  significance  entered  into  by  the  Company,  any 
of  its  holding  companies  or  subsidiaries  or  subsidiaries  of  the  Company’s  holding  company,  apart  from  their 
service  contracts.  None  of  the  directors  and  supervisors  of  the  Company  has  entered  into  any  service  contract 
which  is  not  determinable  by  the  Company  within  one  year  without  payment  compensation  (other  than  statutory 
compensation).

Emoluments of the Directors and Supervisors

Please  refer  to  note  27  of  the  audited  financial  statements  for  details  of  the  emoluments  of  all  Directors  and 
Supervisors of the Company in 2010.

Purchase, Sale and Redemption of Shares

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has purchased, sold or redeemed any securities of the Company 
during the reporting period.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Report of the Directors

43

Public Float

As  at  the  date  of  this  Report,  based  on  the  information  that  is  publicly  available  to  the  Company  and  within  the 
knowledge  of  the  Directors,  the  Company  has  maintained  the  prescribed  public  float  under  the  Listing  Rules  and 
as agreed with The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

Summary of Financial Information

Please  refer  to  pages  147  to  148  of  this  annual  report  for  a  summary  of  the  operating  results,  assets  and 
liabilities of the Group for each of the years in the five-year period ended 31 December 2010.

Bank Loans and Other Borrowings

Please refer to note 15 of the audited financial statements for details of bank loans and other borrowings of the 
Group.

Capitalised Interest

Please  refer  to  note  25  of  the  audited  financial  statements  for  details  of  the  Group’s  capitalised  interest  for  the 
year ended 31 December 2010.

Fixed Assets

Please refer to note 3 of the audited financial statements for movements in the fixed assets of the Group for the 
year ended 31 December 2010.

Reserves

Pursuant  to  Article  147  of  the  Company’s  articles  of  association  (the  “Articles  of  Association”),  where  the 
financial  statements  prepared  in  accordance  with  PRC  Accounting  Standards  for  Business  Enterprises,  materially 
differ  from  those  prepared  in  accordance  with  either  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards,  or  accounting 
standards  at  a  place  outside  the  PRC  where  the  Company’s  shares  are  listed,  the  distributable  profit  for  the 
relevant  accounting  period  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  lesser  of  the  amounts  shown  in  those  respective  financial 
statements. Distributable reserves of the Company as at 31 December 2010, calculated on the above basis and 
before deducting the proposed final dividends for 2010, amounted to RMB45,403 million.

Please  refer  to  note  20  of  the  audited  financial  statements  for  details  of  the  movements  in  the  reserves  of  the 
Company and the Group for the year ended 31 December 2010.

Donations

For  the  year  ended  31  December  2010,  the  Group  made  charitable  and  other  donations  with  a  total  amount  of 
RMB21 million.

Subsidiaries and Associated Companies

Please  refer  to  note  7  and  note  8  of  the  audited  financial  statements  for  details  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries 
and the Group’s interests in associated companies as at 31 December 2010.

Changes in Equity

Please refer to the consolidated statement of changes in equity as contained in the audited financial statements 
of this year (page 95 of this annual report).

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

44

Report of the Directors

Retirement Benefits

Please refer to note 36 of the audited financial statements for details of the retirement benefits provided by the 
Group.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Please refer to note 37 of the audited financial statements for details of the stock appreciation rights offered by 
the Company.

Pre-Emptive Rights

There  are  no  provisions  for  pre-emptive  rights  in  the  Articles  of  Association  requiring  the  Company  to  offer  new 
shares to the existing shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings.

Major Customers and Suppliers

For the year ended 31 December 2010, sales to the five largest customers of the Group accounted for an amount 
no more than 30% of the operating revenues of the Group.

For  the  year  ended  31  December  2010,  purchases  from  the  five  largest  suppliers  of  the  Group  accounted  for  an 
amount no more than 30% of the total annual purchases of the Group.

To the knowledge of the Board, no director of the Company, their associates, or any person holding more than 5% 
of the issued share capital in the Company has any interests in such suppliers.

Continuing Connected Transactions

The  following  table  sets  out  the  amounts  of  continuing  connected  transactions  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended 
31 December 2010:

Transactions

Net transaction amount of centralised services

Net expenses for interconnection settlement

Mutual leasing of properties

Provision of IT services by China Telecommunications Corporation and 
its subsidiaries (except for the Group) (the “China Telecom Group”)2

Provision of IT services to China Telecom Group

Provision of Supplies Procurement services by China Telecom Group

Provision of Supplies Procurement services to China Telecom Group

Provision of engineering services by China Telecom Group

Provision of community services by China Telecom Group

Provision of ancillary telecommunications services by 
  China Telecom Group

CDMA network capacity lease fee

Annual 
monetary cap 
for continuing 
connected 
transactions

Transaction 
Amounts 

(RMB millions)

(RMB millions)

466

516

413

556

295

2,215

993

6,415

2,185

6,838

11,5653

800

N/A1

510

850

300

2,600

1,150

7,052

2,900

7,700

35,000

1 

2 

3 

According to the waiver letter issued to the Company by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited on 31 July 2008, the Company 
is not required to set an annual monetary cap for the total amount under interconnection settlement agreements.

China Telecommunications Corporation is a controlling shareholder of the Company. Each of China Telecommunications Corporation 
and its subsidiaries (except for the Group) constitutes a connected person of the Company under the Listing Rules.

The  CDMA  network  capacity  lease  fee  has  already  deducted  the  capacity  maintenance  related  costs  of  CDMA  network  payable  to 
the Company by China Telecommunications Corporation amounted to RMB1,755 million.

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Report of the Directors

45

Centralised Services Agreement

Pursuant  to  the  Centralised  Services  Agreement  signed  between  the  Company  and  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation  on  10  September  2002  and  the  supplemental  agreements  subsequently  entered  into  between  the 
two  parties  (collectively,  the  “Centralised  Services  Agreement”),  centralised  services  include  the  provision  of 
centralised  services  such  as  the  business  management  and  operational  services  in  relation  to  key  corporate 
customers,  its  network  management  centre,  business  support  centre,  and  also  the  provision  of  certain  premises 
by  the  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  to  the  Company.  In  addition,  centralised  services  also  include  the 
common  use  of  international  telecommunications  facilities  between  both  parties.  The  aggregate  costs  incurred 
by  the  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  for  the  provision  of  management  and  operation 
services  in  relation  to  key  corporate  customers,  its  network  management  centre  and  business  support  centre 
will  be  apportioned  between  the  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  on  a  pro  rata  basis 
according  to  the  revenues  generated  by  each  party.  Where  the  Company  uses  the  premises  provided  by  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation,  the  Company  shall  pay  premises  usage  fees  to  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation  on  a  pro  rata  basis  according  to  the  actual  apportioned  used  areas  on  the  venues.  The  premises 
usage fees shall be determined through negotiation between the two parties based on comparable market rates. 
In  the  situation  where  both  parties  use  third-party  international  telecommunications  facilities  and  accept  third-
party services such as the costs of restoration maintenance, the annual utilisation fee shall be determined on a 
pro  rata  basis  according  to  the  actual  costs  each  year.  In  the  situation  where  both  parties  use  the  international 
telecommunications facilities of China Telecommunications Corporation, the associated costs shall be determined 
on  a  pro  rata  basis  according  to  volume  of  the  inbound  and  outbound  voice  calls  to  and  from  international 
regions,  Hong  Kong,  Macau  and  Taiwan  originating  from  each  party  divided  by  the  aggregate  volume  of  the 
inbound  and  outbound  voice  calls  to  and  from  international  regions,  Hong  Kong,  Macau  and  Taiwan  originating 
from  both  parties  and  the  utilisation  fee  shall  be  determined  through  negotiation  between  the  two  parties  based 
on market rates.

The  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  entered  into  a  supplemental  agreement  on  25 
August  2010  to  renew  the  Centralised  Services  Agreement  with  expiration  on  31  December  2012.  The  parties 
agree  that  the  Company  may  renew  the  Centralised  Services  Agreement  for  such  further  periods  as  the  parties 
may agree, by 30 days’ written notification to China Telecommunications Corporation.

Interconnection Settlement Agreement

P u r s u a n t  t o  t h e  I n t e r c o n n e c t i o n  S e t t l e m e n t  A g r e e m e n t  s i g n e d  b e t we e n  t h e  C o m p a ny  a n d  C h i n a 
Telecommunications Corporation on 10 September 2002 and the supplemental agreements subsequently entered 
into  between  the  two  parties  (collectively,  the  “Interconnection  Settlement  Agreement”),  the  telephone  operator 
terminating  a  telephone  call  made  to  its  local  access  network  under  the  agreement  shall  be  entitled  to  receive 
from  the  operator  from  which  the  telephone  call  originated,  a  fee  of  RMB0.06  per  minute.  When  originating 
a  telephone  call,  the  Company  shall  pay  RMB0.06  per  minute  to  China  Telecommunications  Corporation.  The 
settlement  regions  include  Beijing  city,  Tianjin  city,  Hebei  province,  Heilongjiang  province,  Jilin  province,  Liaoning 
province,  Shanxi  province,  Henan  province,  Shandong  province,  Inner  Mongolia  Autonomous  Region  and  Tibet 
Autonomous  Region.  Other  interconnection  settlement  will  comply  with  the  settlement  standard  set  out  by  the 
Ministry of Industry and Information Technology from time to time.

The  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  entered  into  a  supplement  agreement  on  25 
August  2010  to  renew  the  Interconnection  Settlement  Agreement  with  expiration  on  December  31,  2012.  The 
parties  agree  that  the  Company  may  renew  the  Interconnection  Settlement  Agreement  for  such  further  periods 
as  the  parties  may  agree,  be  30  days’  written  notification  to  China  Telecommunications  Corporation.  In  addition, 
the  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  agreed  that  settlement  of  interconnection 
will  be  at  a  fee  prescribed  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  relevant  telecommunications  regulators.  If  the 
telecommunications regulators should amend or promulgate new rules or regulations in respect of interconnection 
settlement, the parties shall apply such rules and regulations as acknowledged by both parties.

Property Leasing Framework Agreement

Pur suant  to  the  Proper ty  Leasing  Framewor k  Agreement  signed  between  the  Company  and  China 
Telecommunications Corporation on 30 August 2006, the Group and China Telecommunications Corporation and/
or  its  associates  can  enter  into  the  lease  of  property  mutually.  The  rental  charges  under  the  Property  Leasing 
Framework  Agreement  were  determined  according  to  market  rates,  with  reference  to  the  fees  standards  of  the 
local price authority. The rental charges are subject to review every three years.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

46

Report of the Directors

The  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  entered  into  a  supplemental  agreement  on  25 
August  2010  to  renew  the  Property  Leasing  Framework  Agreement  with  expiration  on  31  December  2012.  The 
parties  agree  that  the  Company  may  renew  the  Property  Leasing  Framework  Agreement  for  such  further  periods 
as the parties may agree, by 30 days’ written notification to China Telecommunications Corporation.

IT Services Framework Agreement

Pursuant  to  the  IT  Services  Framework  Agreement  signed  between  the  Company  and  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation  on  30  August  2006  and  the  supplemental  agreements  subsequently  entered  into  between  the  two 
parties  (collectively,  the  “IT  Services  Framework  Agreement”),  the  provision  of  information  technology  services 
by  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  and/or  its  associates  provided  to  the  Group  and  vice  versa,  including 
office  automation  and  software  testing.  Each  of  the  Group  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  and/or 
its  associates  is  entitled  to  participate  in  bidding  for  the  right  to  provide  services  to  the  other  party  under  the 
agreement.  The  charges  payable  for  such  services  shall  be  determined  by  reference  to  market  rates  obtained 
through  the  tender  process.  If  the  terms  of  an  offer  from  the  Group  or  China  Telecommunications  Corporation 
and/or  its  associates  are  at  least  as  favourable  as  those  offered  by  an  independent  third-party  provider,  the 
Group  or  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  and/or  its  associates  may  give  priority  to  using  the  services 
provided by the other party.

The  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  entered  into  a  supplemental  agreement  on  25 
August  2010  to  renew  the  IT  Services  Framework  Agreement  with  expiration  on  31  December  2012.  The  parties 
agree that the Company may renew the IT Services Framework Agreement for such further periods as the parties 
may agree, by 30 days’ written notification to China Telecommunications Corporation.

Community Services Framework Agreement

Pursuant  to  the  Community  Ser vices  Framework  Agreement  signed  between  the  Company  and  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation  on  30  August  2006  and  the  supplemental  agreements  subsequently 
entered  into  between  the  two  parties  (collectively,  the  “Community  Services  Framework  Agreement”),  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation  and/or  its  associates  provide  community  services  such  as  culture,  education, 
property  management,  vehicle  service,  health  and  medical  care,  hotel  and  conference  service,  community  and 
sanitary  service  to  the  Group.  The  community  services  under  the  Community  Services  Framework  Agreement  are 
provided at:

(1) 

the government-prescribed prices;

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

where  there  are  no  government-prescribed  prices  but  where  there  are  government-guided  prices,  the 
government-guided prices apply;

where  there  are  neither  government-prescribed  prices  nor  government-guided  prices,  the  market  prices 
apply.  The  market  price  is  defined  as  the  price  at  which  the  same  type  of  services  are  provided  by 
independent third parties in the ordinary course of business; or

where  none  of  the  above  is  applicable,  the  prices  are  to  be  agreed  between  the  relevant  parties  for  the 
provision  of  the  above  services,  which  shall  be  the  reasonable  costs  incurred  in  providing  the  same 
services  plus  reasonable  profit  margin  (for  this  purpose,  “reasonable  costs”  means  such  costs  as 
confirmed by both parties after negotiations).

The  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  entered  into  a  supplemental  agreement  on  25 
August  2010  to  renew  the  Community  Services  Framework  Agreement  with  expiration  on  31  December  2012. 
The  parties  agree  that  the  Company  may  renew  the  Community  Services  Framework  Agreement  for  such  further 
periods as the parties may agree, by 30 days’ written notification to China Telecommunications Corporation.

Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement

Pursuant  to  the  Supplies  Procurement  Services  Framework  Agreement  signed  between  the  Company  and  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation  on  30  August  2006  and  the  supplemental  agreements  subsequently  entered 
into  between  the  two  parties  (collectively,  the  “Supplies  Procurement  Services  Framework  Agreement”),  the 
provision  of  supplies  procurement  services  by  the  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  and/or  its  associates 
to  the  Group  and  vice  versa,  including  the  comprehensive  procurement  services,  the  sale  of  proprietary 
telecommunication  equipment,  resale  of  third  party  equipment,  management  of  tenders,  verification  of  technical 

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Report of the Directors

47

specification,  storage,  transport  and  installation  services.  The  charges  payable  for  the  above  services  are 
calculated at: where payments made in relation to the agency services for the provision of supplies procurement 
are in the form of commissions:

(1) 

(2) 

procurement  services  in  respect  of  imported  telecommunications  supplies  are  provided  at  1%  of  the 
contract value at the maximum;

procurement  services  in  respect  of  domestic  telecommunications  supplies  and  other  domestic  non-
telecommunications materials are provided at 3% of the contract value at the maximum. 

The pricing basis for the services for the provision of supplies procurement other than agency services under the 
Supplies  Procurement  Services  Framework  Agreement  is  the  same  as  those  set  out  in  the  Community  Services 
Framework Agreement.

The  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  entered  into  a  supplemental  agreement  on  25 
August 2010 to renew the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement with expiration on 31 December 
2012.  The  parties  agree  that  the  Company  may  renew  the  Supplies  Procurement  Services  Framework  Agreement 
for  such  further  periods  as  the  parties  may  agree,  by  30  days’  written  notification  to  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation.

Engineering Framework Agreement

Pursuant  to  the  Engineering  Framework  Agreement  signed  between  the  Company  and  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation  on  30  August  2006  and  the  supplemental  agreements  subsequently  entered  into  between  the  two 
parties  (collectively,  the  “Engineering  Framework  Agreement”),  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  and/or  its 
associates  through  bids  provide  to  the  Group  supervision  and  management  of  services  relating  to  construction, 
design,  equipment  installation  and  testing  and/or  services  as  the  main  contractors  for  the  construction  and 
supervision  of  engineering  projects.  The  charges  payable  for  such  engineering  services  shall  be  determined  by 
reference  to  the  market  rates.  The  charges  payable  for  the  design  or  supervision  of  engineering  projects  with 
a  value  over  RMB500,000,  or  any  construction  of  engineering  projects  with  a  value  over  RMB2  million  shall  be 
determined by referring to the tender price.

The  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  entered  into  a  supplemental  agreement  on  25 
August  2010  to  renew  the  Engineering  Framework  Agreement  with  expiration  on  31  December  2012.  The  parties 
agree that the Company may renew the Engineering Framework Agreement for such further periods as the parties 
may agree, by 30 days’ written notification to China Telecommunications Corporation.

Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement

Pursuant  to  the  Ancillary  Telecommunications  Services  Framework  Agreement  signed  between  the  Company  and 
China  Telecommunications  Corporation  on  30  August  2006  and  the  supplemental  agreements  subsequently 
entered  into  between  the  two  parties  (collectively,  the  “Ancillary  Telecommunications  Services  Framework 
Agreement”),  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  and/or  its  associates  provide  repair  and  maintenance 
services,  including  repair  of  telecommunications  equipment,  maintenance  of  fire  equipment  and  telephone 
booths,  as  well  as  other  customer  services  to  the  Group.  The  pricing  terms  for  ancillary  telecommunications 
services  in  the  Ancillary  Telecommunications  Services  Framework  Agreement  are  the  same  as  those  set  out  in 
the Community Services Framework Agreement.

The  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  entered  into  a  supplemental  agreement  on  25 
August  2010  to  renew  the  Ancillary  Telecommunications  Services  Framework  Agreement  with  expiration  on  31 
December  2012.  The  parties  agree  that  the  Company  may  renew  the  Ancillary  Telecommunications  Services 
Framework Agreement for such further periods as the parties may agree, by 30 days’ written notification to China 
Telecommunications Corporation.

CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement

Pursuant  to  the  CDMA  Network  Capacity  Lease  Agreement  signed  between  the  Company  and  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation  on  27  July  2008,  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  agreed  to  lease  its 
CDMA network capacity under the CDMA network to the Company and the Company shall have the exclusive right 
to use and operate the CDMA network to provide CDMA services in its service areas. The leasing fee is based on 
28%  of  the  CDMA  service  revenue  (which  is  calculated  by  the  total  revenue  from  the  CDMA  services  operations 
minus  any  upfront  non-refundable  revenue  arising  out  of  the  CDMA  operations  and  any  revenue  from  sale  of 
telecommunication  products  in  connection  with  the  CDMA  operations)  per  year.  Regardless  the  revenue  of  the 
CDMA  operations,  the  minimum  annual  lease  fee  shall  be  90%  of  the  total  amount  of  the  lease  fee  paid  by  the 

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

48

Report of the Directors

Company to China Telecommunications Corporation in the previous year. As the Company started to pay the lease 
fee  from  1  October  2008,  for  the  year  ended  2008  and  for  the  year  ended  2009,  there  is  no  minimal  annual 
leasing fee. The cost of network construction shall be borne by China Telecommunications Corporation, while the 
maintenance-related costs shall be shared as agreed between the two parties. 

Pursuant  to  the  CDMA  Network  Capacity  Lease  Agreement,  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  has  granted 
the  Company  an  option  to  purchase  the  CDMA  network.  The  option  may  be  exercised,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Company,  at  any  time  during  the  term  of  the  lease  or  within  one  year  after  the  expiry  of  the  lease.  No  premium 
has been paid or will be payable by the Company for the grant of the option.

The  Company  and  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  have  entered  into  a  supplemental  agreement  on  25 
August 2010 to renew the Telecom CDMA Lease with expiration on 31 December 2012.

Strategic Agreement between Our Company and China Communications Services Corporation Limited

Pursuant  to  the  Strategic  Agreement  signed  between  the  Company  and  China  Communications  Ser vices 
Corporation  Limited  (“China  Communications  Services”)  on  30  August  2006  and  a  supplemental  agreement 
(“Strategic  Agreement  and  its  Supplemental  Agreement”)  signed  on  15  June  2007,  the  Company  agreed 
that,  in  the  period  between  1  January  2007  and  31  December  2009,  if  service  terms  related  to  the  design, 
implementation  and  supervision  of  the  communications  engineering  provided  by  China  Communications  Services 
are  basically  the  same  as  those  of  other  service  providers,  the  provincial  branches  of  the  Company  in  the 
service  area  of  China  Communication  Services  shall  annually  receive  such  services  from  the  related  wholly-
owned subsidiaries of China Communications Services with total value no less than 10.6% of total annual capital 
expenditure  of  the  related  provincial  branches  of  the  Company  in  that  year.  China  Communications  Services  will 
offer  at  least  5%  price  discount  to  the  Company  based  on  the  applicable  standard  prices  for  the  services  in 
connection  with  the  design,  construction,  project  supervision  and  management  of  communication  engineering 
projects. Meanwhile, pursuant to the Strategic Agreement and its Supplemental Agreement, the Company pledged 
that, in the period between 1 January 2007 and 31 December 2009, if the terms related to certain maintenance 
management  services  provided  by  China  Communications  Services  are  basically  the  same  as  those  of  other 
service  providers,  the  provincial  branches  of  the  Company  in  the  service  area  of  China  Communication  Services 
shall  annually  receive  such  services  from  the  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of  China  Communications  Services  with 
total value no less than RMB1,780 million.

The  business  areas  of  the  strategic  alliance  between  the  two  parties  governed  by  the  terms  and  conditions  in 
the  Strategic  Agreement  and  its  Supplemental  Agreement  include:  design,  implementation  and  supervision  of 
the  communications  engineering,  maintenance  management  service,  contents  application  service,  sales  channel 
service,  usage  of  telecommunications  and  other  new  businesses  arising  from  time  to  time  which  are  appropriate 
for  the  collaboration  between  the  two  parties.  China  Communications  Services  pledges  its  support  to  the 
strategic  transformation  of  the  Company  from  a  traditional  basic  telecommunications  operator  to  an  integrated 
information service provider, its active support to the Company’s business development, and its active use of the 
Company’s  products  and  services  in  its  own  business.  Such  services  shall  comply  with  the  related  standards  of 
China  or  the  standards  agreed  by  both  parties,  and  shall  be  on  terms  no  less  favourable  than  those  available 
to  any  third  parties  to  which  the  same  or  similar  services  are  provided  by  either  party.  Without  breaching  the 
requirements governed by PRC laws, in respect of the same services, where the terms and conditions of services 
provided  by  either  party  to  the  Strategic  Agreement  and  its  Supplemental  Agreement  are  the  same  as  those 
provided by an independent third party, the party under the Strategic Agreement and its Supplemental Agreement 
shall have the priority to be appointed as the service provider by the other party.

The  Company  and  China  Communications  Ser vices  has  entered  into  a  supplemental  agreement  (“2009 
Supplemental  Agreement”)  on  29  October  2009  to  renew  the  Strategic  Agreement  and  its  Supplemental 
Agreement  in  accordance  with  their  provisions  for  a  further  term  of  three  years  expiring  on  31  December 
2012.  Upon  expiration,  both  parties  may  negotiate  the  renewal  of  Strategic  Agreement  which  is  subject  to  the 
requirements  of  Chapter  14A  of  the  Listing  Rules  (including  disclosure  and  independent  shareholders’  approval 
requirements).

Neither the Strategic Agreement nor Supplemental Agreement nor the 2009 Supplemental Agreement sets out any 
annual  caps  for  the  transactions  thereunder  as  China  Telecommunications  Corporation,  the  holding  company  of 
China Communications Services, has signed certain framework agreements for continuing connected transactions 
with  the  Company  and  the  transactions  contemplated  under  the  Strategic  Agreement,  Supplemental  Agreements 
and  2009  Supplemental  Agreement  are  covered  by  these  framework  agreements.  These  frameworks  agreements 
are  already  subject  to  annual  caps  and  the  proposed  annual  caps  for  the  transactions  under  the  Strategic 
Agreement  and  the  Supplemental  Agreement  (as  amended  by  the  2009  Supplemental  Agreement)  are  subsumed 
under  the  annual  caps  of  those  framework  agreements  between  the  Company  and  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation  (including  the  Engineering  Framework  Agreement,  the  Ancillar y  Telecommunications  Ser vices 
Framework Agreement and the Community Services Framework Agreement).

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Report of the Directors

49

The  Company  confirms  that  it  has  complied  with  the  disclosure  requirements  in  accordance  with  Chapter  14A  of 
the Listing Rules in respect of the above connected transactions.

The  Independent  Non-Executive  directors  of  the  Company  have  confirmed  that  all  continuing  connected 
transactions for the year ended 31 December 2010 to which the Group was a party:

1. 

had  been  entered  into,  and  the  agreements  governing  those  transactions  were  entered  into,  by  the  Group 
in the ordinary and usual course of business;

2. 

had been entered into either:

(i) 

on normal commercial terms; or

(ii) 

if  there  are  not  sufficient  comparable  transactions  to  judge  whether  they  are  on  normal  commercial 
terms,  on  terms  no  less  favourable  to  the  Company  than  those  available  to  or  (if  applicable)  from 
independent third parties; and

3. 

had been entered into in accordance with the relevant terms that are fair and reasonable and in the overall 
interests of the shareholders of the Company as a whole.

The Independent Non-Executive directors have further confirmed that:

The  values  of  continuing  connected  transactions  entered  into  between  the  Group  and  its  connected  persons 
which are subject to annual caps have not exceeded their respective annual caps.

The auditors of the Group have reviewed the continuing connected transactions of the Group and have confirmed 
to the Board that the transactions:

1. 

have received the approval of the Board;

2. 

have been entered into in accordance with the pricing policies as stated in the relevant agreements; and

3. 

have  been  entered  into  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  agreements  governing  such  transactions; 
and  the  values  of  continuing  connected  transactions  entered  into  between  the  Group  and  its  connected 
persons which are subject to annual caps have not exceeded their respective annual caps.

Compliance with Code on Corporate Governance Practices

Please refer to the “Corporate Governance Report” set out in page 56 of this 2010 annual report of the Company 
for details of our compliance with the Code on Corporate Governance Practices.

Material Legal Proceedings

As at 31 December 2010, the Company was not involved in any material litigation or arbitration, and as far as the 
Company is aware, no material litigation or claims were pending or threatened or made against the Company.

Auditors

KPMG  and  KPMG  Huazhen  were  appointed  as  the  international  and  domestic  auditors  of  the  Company  for  the 
year  ended  31  December  2010.  KPMG  has  audited  the  accompanying  financial  statements,  which  have  been 
prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards.  The  Company  has  engaged  KPMG  and 
KPMG  Huazhen  since  the  date  of  its  listing.  A  resolution  for  the  reappointment  of  KPMG  and  KPMG  Huazhen  as 
the international and domestic auditors of the Company for the year ending 31 December 2011 will be proposed 
at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on 20 May 2011.

By Order of the Board
Wang Xiaochu
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Beijing, PRC
22 March 2011

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

50

Report of the Supervisory Committee

During  the  reporting  period,  all  members  of  the  Supervisory  Committee  acted  in  accordance  with  the  Company 
Law  of  the  People’s  Republic  of  China  and  the  Articles  of  Association  of  the  Company,  followed  the  principles 
of  integrity  and  diligently  carried  out  its  supervisory  function  to  safeguard  the  interests  of  shareholders  and  the 
Company.

During  the  reporting  period,  the  Supervisory  Committee  held  two  meetings.  At  the  sixth  meeting  of  the  Third 
Session  of  the  Supervisory  Committee  held  in  March  2010,  the  Supervisory  Committee  reviewed  and  approved 
five  agenda  items,  including  the  financial  statements  for  the  year  2009,  the  independent  auditors’  report,  and 
the  profit  distribution  and  dividend  proposal,  the  Supervisory  Committee’s  report  for  the  year  2009,  and  the 
working  plan  of  the  Supervisory  Committee  for  the  year  2010.  At  the  seventh  meeting  of  the  Third  Session  of 
the  Supervisory  Committee  held  in  August  of  the  same  year,  the  Supervisory  Committee  reviewed  the  interim 
financial  statements  and  the  independent  auditors’  review  report  for  the  year  2010.  During  the  reporting  period, 
members  of  the  Supervisory  Committee  supervised  the  major  decision-making  process  of  the  Company  and  the 
performance  of  duties  carried  out  by  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  senior  management  through 
their attendance at the 2009 Shareholders’ General Meeting, the Extraordinary General Meeting, meetings of the 
Board of Directors, and meetings of the Audit Committee. During the reporting period, the Supervisory Committee 
carried  out  special  surveys  of  and  researches  into  such  fields  as  the  quality  of  business  development  and  the 
exercise  of  internal  control  against  a  new  backdrop  of  the  full  services  operation  of  the  Company  in  September 
2010.

The  Supervisory  Committee  is  of  the  view  that,  in  2010,  in  spite  of  the  fierce  market  competition,  frequent 
natural disasters and challenging tasks of communication assurance, the Company further advanced its strategic 
transformation,  innovated  its  development  mode,  refined  its  precision  management,  and  optimised  its  resource 
allocation.  The  operating  revenues1  of  the  Company  reached  RMB219,367  million,  an  increase  of  5.4%  from  last 
year. The revenue contributions from mobile, wireline broadband, value-added and integrated information services 
rose  steadily.  EBITDA1  reached  RMB88,495  million,  representing  an  increase  of  7.7%  from  the  last  year.  Profit 
attributable to equity holders of the Company1 increased by 15.0%. In sum, the full services scale development of 
the  Company  made  great  progress.  Meanwhile,  the  Company  attached  great  importance  to  corporate  governance 
and  operation  of  good  faith.  In  accordance  with  Section  404  of  the  US  Sabanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  other 
regulatory  rules,  the  Company  stepped  up  the  development  of  its  internal  control  system  and  strengthened  the 
excise of its internal control. As a result, the internal control environment and management of the Company kept 
improving.  The  Company’s  sound  and  steady  development  is  on  track.  The  Supervisory  Committee  is  satisfied 
with the performance of the Company in 2010 and is confident of the Company’s prospects.

The  Supervisory  Committee  believes  that  during  2010,  all  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  members  of 
senior  management  have  complied  with  rules  and  regulations,  upheld  the  principles  of  diligence  and  integrity, 
safeguarded  the  interests  of  shareholders,  fulfilled  their  responsibilities  fully  in  accordance  with  the  Articles  of 
Association  of  the  Company,  diligently  implemented  the  resolutions  of  the  shareholders’  general  meetings  and 
the  board  meetings,  and  strictly  complied  with  the  relevant  regulations  for  listed  companies.  The  Supervisory 
Committee  has  not  observed  any  behaviors  that  breached  the  laws,  rules,  and  Articles  of  Association  of  the 
Company, or damaged the interests of shareholders.

1 

Excluding amortisation of the upfront connection fees

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Report of the Supervisory Committee

51

Upon  the  review  of  the  unqualified  financial  statements  of  the  Company  for  the  year  2010  and  other  relevant 
information,  which  were  prepared  in  accordance  with  PRC  Accounting  Standards  for  Business  Enterprises  and 
regulations  and  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  audited  by  domestic  certified  accountants  and 
international  auditors  of  the  Company,  and  proposed  to  be  submitted  to  the  shareholders’  general  meeting  by 
the Board of Directors, the Supervisory Committee is of the opinion that the financial statements are prepared in 
accordance with the principle of consistency and that they truly and fairly reflect the Company’s financial position, 
results of operation and cash flows.

In 2011, the Supervisory Committee will continue to strictly adhere to the Articles of Association of the Company 
and  relevant  regulations,  take  it  as  its  responsibility  to  preserve  the  interests  of  the  shareholders  and  the 
Company,  monitor  the  Company  to  fulfill  its  commitment  to  its  shareholders,  further  broaden  the  planning  of 
supervision and strengthen its efforts in monitoring to preserve the interests of all investors.

By Order of the Supervisory Committee
Miao Jianhua
Chairman of the Supervisory Committee

Beijing, PRC
22 March 2011

Fast Growing
Joyful Customers

Mobile 
subscribers

+34,000,000

 in 2010

Wireline broadband 
subscribers

+10,000,000

 in 2010

Continuously innovate 
brilliant services to delight 
our customers

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

54

Recognition & Awards

1

2

3

5

4

1. 

The Company has been voted by investors the “No. 1 Best Managed Company in Asia” across all industries in the “Asia 

tors the “No. 1 Best Managed Compa

king by Euromoney.
Best Managed Companies 2011” ranking by Euromoney.

2. 

The Company has been voted by investors the “No. 1 Best Managed Company in China” in the “Asia Best Managed  

stors the “No. 1 Best Managed Com

ney.
Companies 2011” ranking by Euromoney.

3. 

The  Company  was  awarded  the  “No.  1  Best  Managed  Company  in  China”  by  FinanceAsia  in  the  Asia’s  Best  
d C

1 B t M

i C

Companies Poll 2010.

4. 

The Company was awarded the “No. 1 Best Managed Company in Asian Telecom Sector” by FinanceAsia in the Asia’s 

Best Companies Poll 2010.

5. 

The Company was awarded the “No. 1 Best Investor Relations” in China by FinanceAsia in the Asia’s Best Companies 

Poll 2010.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Recognition & Awards

55

6

7

9

8

10

6. 

7. 

8. 

0 Internatititititionononononnnal AAAAAAAAAAAAAARRCCCCRCRR  AA A AAAAAwards.
The Company’s 2009 annual report won SEVEN gold awards (a record high) in the 2010 International ARC Awards.

report won SEVEN gold

Asset Corrpopopop ratteet   Awaaaardrdrrdr s.
The Company was awarded the “Platinum Award for All-Round Excellence” in 2010 The Asset Corporate Awards.

e “Platinum Award for

ard in theee categeggory oof 
The corporate website of the Company (www.chinatelecom-h.com) has won the gold award in the category of 

Company (www.chinate

“Corporate Communications” in the 2010 W3 Awards.

in the 2010 W3 Award

9.  Mr. Wang Xiaochu, Chairman & CEO, was honoured with “Asian Corporate Director Recognition Awards 2010” by    

gnition Awards 2010” by  

Corporate Governance Asia.

10.  The Company was awarded the “Asia’s Best Companies in Corporate Governance” by Corporate Governance Asia’s  

Annual Recognition Awards 2010.

 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

56

Corporate Governance Report

Overview of Corporate Governance

The  Company  is  fully  aware  of  the  importance  of  corporate  governance  in  enhancing  corporate  value  and 
ensuring  long  term  sustainable  development.  Therefore,  the  Company  inherited  an  excellent  and  prudent 
management  style  and  insisted  on  practising  highly  transparent  corporate  governance  with  efficient  management 
and  operations.  The  Company  attaches  great  importance  to  high  quality  board  management,  comprehensive 
internal control mechanism and sufficient transparency and strives to ensure the operations in line with the long 
term  interests  of  the  Company  and  its  shareholders  as  a  whole.  In  2010,  the  Board  of  Directors  and  its  sub-
committees  maintained  standard  daily  operations  to  secure  the  best  long-term  interests  of  the  shareholders, 
and  the  Company  continued  to  optimise  the  organisational  structure  to  effectively  support  the  integrated  full-
service  development,  further  optimised  the  internal  control  and  integrated  comprehensive  risk  management 
into  operational  practice,  continuously  improving  its  corporate  governance  and  firmly  protecting  the  interests  of 
shareholders.

As  a  company  incorporated  in  the  PRC,  the  Company  adopts  the  PRC  Company  Law  and  other  related  laws  and 
regulations  as  the  basic  guidelines  for  the  Company’s  corporate  governance.  As  a  company  listed  both  in  Hong 
Kong  and  the  United  States,  the  current  Articles  of  Association  are  in  compliance  with  the  Rules  Governing  the 
Listing  of  Securities  on  The  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong  Kong  Limited  (“the  Listing  Rules”)  in  Hong  Kong  and  the 
regulatory requirements for non-US companies listed in the United States, and these rules serve as guidance for 
the Company to improve its foundation of corporate governance. The Company has regularly published statements 
relating  to  its  internal  control  in  accordance  with  the  US  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  the  regulatory 
requirements  of  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC)  and  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange,  to 
confirm  its  compliance  with  related  financial  reporting,  information  disclosure  and  corporate  internal  control 
requirements.

For  the  financial  year  ended  31  December  2010,  save  that  the  roles  of  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
of  the  Company  were  performed  by  the  same  individual,  the  Company  has  been  in  compliance  with  all  the  code 
provisions  as  set  out  in  Appendix  14  “Code  on  Corporate  Governance  Practices”  of  the  Listing  Rules  in  the  year 
2010.  In  the  Company’s  opinion,  through  supervision  of  the  Board  and  the  Independent  Non-Executive  Directors, 
and  effective  control  of  the  Company’s  internal  check  and  balance  mechanism,  the  same  individual  performing 
the  roles  of  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  can  achieve  the  goal  of  improving  the  Company’s  efficiency 
in  decision-making  and  execution,  and  effectively  capture  business  opportunities.  Many  leading  international 
corporations also have similar arrangements.

In  2010,  the  Company’s  continuous  efforts  in  corporate  governance  gained  wide  recognition  from  the  capital 
market and accredited with a number of awards. The Company was named the “No. 1 Best Managed Company in 
Asia”  and  “No.  1  Best  Managed  Company  in  China”  by  Euromoney  for  two  consecutive  years,  while  at  the  same 
time  being  ranked  as  the  “Best  Corporate  Governance  in  Asia”,  the  “Most  Convincing  and  Coherent  Strategy 
in  Asia”  and  the  “Most  Accessible  Senior  Management  in  Asia”  in  the  individual  categories.  The  Company  was 
accredited by the investors as the “No. 1 Best Managed Company in China”, the “No. 1 Best Managed Company 
in  Asian  Telecom  Sector”  and  the  “No.  1  Best  Investor  Relations”  in  the  Asia’s  Best  Companies  Poll  2010 
organised  by  FinanceAsia.  The  Company  was  awarded  the  “Platinum  Award  for  All-Round  Excellence”  in  2010 
The  Asset  Corporate  Awards.  In  addition,  the  Company  was  awarded  the  “Asia’s  Best  Companies  in  Corporate 
Governance”  by  Corporate  Governance  Asia,  and  Mr.  Wang  Xiaochu,  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Company, was awarded “Asian Corporate Director Recognition Awards 2010”. The Company was awarded “CAPITAL 
Outstanding  China  Enterprise  Awards  –  Telecommunications”  by  CAPITAL,  a  reputable  Hong  Kong  magazine,  for 
five  consecutive  years.  The  Company’s  2009  Annual  Report  won  seven  Gold  Awards  at  the  “2010  International 
ARC Awards”, receiving the record number of Gold Awards in the history of ARC Awards.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Governance Report

57

Overall Structure of Corporate Governance

A  double-tier  structure  has  been  adopted  as  the  overall  structure  for  corporate  governance:  the  Board  and  the 
Supervisory  Committee  are  established  under  the  Shareholders’  Meeting.  The  Audit  Committee,  Remuneration 
Committee  and  Nomination  Committee  were  established  under  the  Board.  The  Board  is  authorised  by  the 
Articles  of  Association  to  make  major  decisions  in  regard  to  the  Company’s  operation  and  to  oversee  the  daily 
operation  of  the  senior  management.  The  Supervisory  Committee  is  mainly  responsible  for  the  supervision  of 
the  performance  of  duties  by  the  Board  and  the  senior  management.  Each  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the 
Supervisory Committee is independently accountable to the Shareholders’ Meeting.

Shareholders’ Meeting
In  2010,  the  Company  convened  two  shareholders’  general  meetings,  including  the  Annual  General  Meeting 
(“AGM”)  for  2009  and  one  Extraordinary  General  Meeting  (“EGM”).  The  AGM  held  on  25  May  2010  reviewed  and 
approved the financial statements for the year 2009, Report of the Independent International Auditor, proposal for 
annual profit distribution and final dividends, authorisation to the Board for the formulation of a budget for 2010, 
appointment  and  remuneration  of  auditors,  and  authorisation  to  the  Board  to  issue  bonds.  The  EGM  was  held 
on  25  October  2010  to  approve  the  renewal  of  CDMA  Network  Capacity  Lease  Agreement  and  its  supplemental 
agreement and annual cap application for the connected transactions under such agreements.

Since  the  Company’s  listing  in  2002,  at  each  of  the  shareholders’  general  meetings,  a  separate  shareholders’ 
resolution was proposed by the Company in respect to each independent item. The circulars to shareholders also 
provided  details  about  the  resolutions.  All  resolutions  tabled  at  the  Company’s  shareholders  general  meetings 
were  already  conducted  via  voting  by  poll  and  all  voting  results  were  published  on  the  websites  of  the  Company 
and  The  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong  Kong  Limited.  The  Company  attaches  great  importance  to  the  shareholders’ 
general  meetings  and  the  communication  between  directors  and  shareholders.  The  directors  provided  detailed 
and complete answers to the questions raised by shareholders at the shareholders’ general meetings.

The Annual General Meeting held in Hong Kong on 25 May 2010
  The Annual General Meeting held in Hong Kong on 25 May 2010

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

58

Corporate Governance Report

Board of Directors
The  third  session  of  the  Board  of  Directors  comprises  14  directors  with  eight  executive  directors,  one  non-
executive  director,  and  five  independent  non-executive  directors.  The  board  is  composed  of  experts  from  various 
profession  in  telecommunications,  finance,  economics  and  law,  with  a  more  comprehensive  and  balanced  board 
structure  and  viewpoints  in  the  decision  making  process.  The  period  of  office  lasts  for  three  years,  starting 
from  9  September  2008  until  the  day  of  the  Company’s  Annual  General  Meeting  in  2011,  upon  which  the  fourth 
session of the board of directors will be elected.

The number of independent non-executive directors constitute more than one-third of the Board members. Mr. Tse 
Hau Yin, Aloysius, Chairman of the Audit Committee, is an internationally renowned financial expert with expertise 
in  accounting  and  financial  management.  The  Audit  Committee,  Remuneration  Committee  and  Nomination 
Committee  under  the  Board,  all  comprise  solely  independent  non-executive  directors,  ensuring  the  committees 
to  provide  sufficient  review  and  check  and  balance  and  make  independent  judgments  effectively  to  protect  the 
interest of shareholders and the Company as a whole.

The  Company  strictly  complies  with  the  Code  on  Corporate  Governance  Practices  of  the  Listing  Rules  and 
rigorously  regulates  the  operating  procedures  of  the  Board  and  the  committees  under  it,  and  ensures  the 
procedures  of  Board  meetings  be  in  compliance  with  related  rules  in  terms  of  organisation,  regulations  and 
personnel.  The  Board  is  responsible  for  the  effective  supervision  of  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
each financial period, so that such financial statements truly and fairly reflect the financial position, the operating 
results  and  cash  flows  of  the  Company  for  each  period.  In  preparing  the  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended 
31 December 2010, the directors adopted appropriate accounting policies and made prudent, fair and reasonable 
judgments and estimates, and prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.

The Articles of Association of the Company provide that the Board is accountable to the shareholders’ meetings, 
and  its  duties  include  the  execution  of  resolutions,  formulation  of  major  decisions  for  operations,  financial 
proposals and policies, the Company’s management system, and the appointments of managers and other senior 
management  personnel  of  the  Company.  The  Articles  of  Association  clearly  define  the  respective  duties  of  the 
Board and the management. The management is responsible for the operation and management of the Company, 
the  implementation  of  the  resolutions  of  the  Board  and  the  annual  operation  plans  and  investment  proposals 
of  the  Company,  and  formulating  the  proposal  of  the  Company’s  internal  administrative  organisations  and  sub-
organisations,  and  the  performing  of  other  duties  as  authorised  by  the  Articles  of  Association  and  the  Board.  In 
order  to  maintain  a  highly  efficient  operation,  as  well  as  flexibility  and  swiftness  in  operational  decision-making, 
the  Board,  when  necessary,  may  delegate  its  managing  and  administrative  powers  to  the  management,  and 
provide  clear  guidance  regarding  such  delegation  so  as  to  avoid  seriously  impeding  or  undermining  the  overall 
capabilities of the Board in exercising its powers.

All  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors/Committee  are  informed  of  the  meeting  schedule  for  the  Board  of 
Directors/Committee  for  the  year  at  the  beginning  of  each  year.  In  addition,  all  Directors  will  receive  notification 
at  least  14  days  prior  to  the  meeting  under  normal  circumstances.  The  Company  Secretary  is  responsible  for 
ensuring  that  the  Board  Meetings  comply  with  all  procedures,  related  rules  and  regulations  while  all  directors 
can  make  inquiries  to  the  Company  Secretary  for  details  to  ensure  that  they  have  received  sufficient  information 
on  various  matters  related  to  the  meeting  agenda.  In  addition,  the  Company  regularly  reminds  directors  of  their 
functions  and  responsibilities  by  providing  them  with  information  about  the  latest  development  of  listing  rules 
and  other  applicable  regulations.  To  ensure  that  directors  are  familiar  with  the  Company’s  latest  operations 
for  decision-making,  in  addition  to  providing  key  financial  data  and  operational  information  to  the  directors  on 
a  monthly  basis,  the  Company  also  arranged  on-site  visit  on  3G  services  operation  for  independent  directors. 
Through  regular  Board  meetings  and  reports  from  management,  the  directors  are  able  to  clearly  understand 
the  operations,  business  strategy  and  latest  development  of  the  Company  and  the  industry.  The  Company 
also  provides  all  newly  appointed  directors  with  updated  data  on  industry  development  by  arranging  induction 
activities.  The  directors  also  pay  regular  visits  to  our  provincial  branches  for  exchanges  and  study  so  as  to 
achieve  a  better  understanding  of  the  latest  business  development  and  share  their  valuable  experiences.  In 
2010,  the  independent  directors  were  invited  to  visit  the  Expo  2010  Shanghai  China,  of  which  the  Company  is  a 
global partner responsible for communication facility assurance.

The Board meets at least four times a year. Additional board meetings will be held when necessary. In 2010, the 
Board  of  Directors  played  a  significant  role  in  the  Company’s  operation,  budgeting,  decision-making,  supervision, 

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Governance Report

59

internal  control,  organisational  restructuring  and  corporate  governance.  The  Company  convened  four  board 
meetings,  five  audit  committee  meetings  and  one  independent  board  meeting  in  this  year.  At  these  meetings, 
the  Board  reviewed  matters  including  the  Company’s  annual,  interim  and  quarterly  financial  statements,  annual 
operational,  financial  and  investment  budgets,  annual  asset  appraisals,  internal  control  implementation  and 
assessment  report,  proposal  for  annual  profit  distribution,  annual  report,  interim  report  and  quarterly  reports, 
appointment  and  remuneration  of  auditors,  authorisation  to  the  Company  for  bond  issue,  renewal  of  continuing 
connected transactions and related annual cap application, and incorporation of branches and restructurings.

Attendance rates of individual directors at Board meetings in 2010 (including attendance with written proxies)

Number of Directors 

14

Directors

Executive Directors

Wang Xiaochu (Chairman)

Shang Bing

Wu Andi

Zhang Jiping

Zhang Chenshuang

Yang Xiaowei

Yang Jie

Sun Kangmin

Independent Non-executive Directors

Wu Jichuan

Qin Xiao

Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius

Cha May Lung, Laura

Xu Erming

Non-Executive Director

Li Jinming

The Third Session 
of the Board 
of Directors

Number of meeting/
attendance

Attendance Rates

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

4/4

100%

The  Company  has  adopted  the  Model  Code  for  Securities  Transactions  by  Directors  of  Listed  Issuers  as  set 
out  in  Appendix  10  of  the  Listing  Rules  to  govern  securities  transactions  by  the  Directors.  Based  on  the  written 
confirmation  from  the  Directors,  all  of  the  Company’s  Directors  have  strictly  complied  with  Appendix  10  Model 
Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers of the Listing Rules regarding the requirements for 
directors  in  conducting  securities  transactions.  The  Company  has  received  annual  independence  confirmations 
from each of the independent non-executive directors, and considers them to be independent.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

60

Corporate Governance Report

Audit Committee
The  Audit  Committee  comprises  four  independent  non-executive  directors.  The  Charter  of  the  Audit  Committee 
clearly defines the status, qualifications, work procedures, duties and responsibilities, funding and remuneration, 
etc.  of  the  Audit  Committee.  The  Audit  Committee’s  principal  duties  include  the  supervision  of  the  truthfulness 
and  completeness  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements,  the  effectiveness  and  completeness  of  the  Company’s 
internal control and risk management system, as well as the work of the Company’s internal audit department. It 
is  also  responsible  for  the  monitoring  and  review  of  the  qualifications,  selection  and  appointment,  independence 
and services of external independent auditors. The Audit Committee ensures that the management has discharged 
its  duty  to  establish  and  maintain  an  effective  internal  control  system  including  the  adequacy  of  resources, 
qualifications  and  experience  of  staff  fulfilling  the  accounting  and  financial  reporting  function  of  the  Company 
together  with  the  adequacy  of  the  staff’s  training  programmes  and  the  related  budget.  The  Audit  Committee 
also  has  the  authority  to  set  up  a  reporting  system  to  receive  and  handle  cases  of  complaints  or  complaints 
made  on  an  anonymous  basis  regarding  the  Company’s  accounting,  internal  control  and  audit  matters.  The  Audit 
Committee will regularly reports on its work to the Board.

In  2010,  pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  governing  laws  and  regulations  of  the  places  of  listing  and  the 
Charter  of  the  Audit  Committee,  and  under  the  clear  mandate  of  the  Board,  the  Audit  Committee  fully  assumed 
its  responsibilities.  The  Audit  Committee  proposed  a  number  of  practical  and  professional  improvement 
recommendations based on the Company’s actual circumstances, in order to promote the continuous improvement 
and perfection of corporate management. The Audit Committee has provided important support to the Board and 
played a significant role in protecting the interests of independent shareholders.

In  2010,  the  Audit  Committee  convened  five  meetings,  where  it  reviewed  important  matters  related  to  the 
Company’s financial statements, assessment of the qualifications, independence and performance of the external 
auditors  and  their  appointments,  effectiveness  of  internal  control,  internal  audit  and  connected  transactions. 
The  Audit  Committee  received  quarterly  reports  in  relation  to  the  internal  audit  and  connected  transactions  and 
provided  guidance  to  the  internal  audit  department.  Additionally,  the  Audit  Committee  reviewed  internal  control 
assessment  report  and  attestation  report,  followed  up  with  the  recommendations  proposed  by  the  external 
auditors, reviewed the U.S. annual report, and communicated independently with the auditors.

Attendance rates of individual members of the Audit Committee in 2010 (including attendance with written proxies)

Number of Committee members 

Percentage of Independent Non-executive Directors of the Committee 

4

100%

Member of the Committee

Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius (Chairman of the Committee)

Wu Jichuan

Qin Xiao

Xu Erming

Number of meeting/
attendance

Attendance Rates

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

100%

100%

100%

100%

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Governance Report

61

Remuneration Committee
The  Remuneration  Committee  comprises  four  independent  non-executive  directors.  The  Char ter  of  the 
Remuneration  Committee  clearly  defines  the  status,  qualifications,  work  procedures,  duties  and  responsibilities, 
funding  and  remuneration  etc.  of  the  Remuneration  Committee.  The  Remuneration  Committee  assists  the 
Company’s  Board  to  formulate  overall  remuneration  policy  and  structure  for  the  Company’s  directors  and 
senior  management  personnel,  and  to  establish  related  remuneration  procedures  that  are  standardised  and 
transparent. The Remuneration Committee’s principal duties include supervising the compliance of the Company’s 
remuneration  system  with  legal  requirements,  presenting  the  evaluation  report  on  the  Company’s  remuneration 
system  to  the  Board,  as  well  as  giving  recommendations  to  the  Board  in  respect  to  the  overall  remuneration 
policy  and  structure  for  the  Company’s  directors  and  senior  management  personnel.  Its  responsibilities  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  the  Code  on  Corporate  Governance  Practices.  The  Remuneration  Committee  regularly 
reports its work to the Board. No meeting was held by the Remuneration Committee in 2010.

Nomination Committee
The  Company’s  Nomination  Committee  was  formed  by  four  independent  non-executive  directors.  The  Charter  of 
the Nomination Committee clearly defines the status, qualifications, work procedures, duties and responsibilities, 
funding  and  remuneration  etc.  of  the  Nomination  Committee,  and  it  specifically  requires  that  the  Nomination 
Committee members have no significant connection to the Company, and comply with the regulatory requirements 
related  to  “independence”.  The  Nomination  Committee  assists  the  Board  to  formulate  standardised,  prudent 
and  transparent  procedures  and  succession  plans  for  the  appointment  of  directors,  and  further  improve  the 
composition  of  the  Board.  The  principal  duties  of  the  Nomination  Committee  include:  regularly  reviewing  the 
structure,  number  of  members  and  composition  of  the  Board;  identifying  candidates  and  advising  the  Board  with 
the  appropriate  qualifications  for  the  position  of  Directors;  evaluating  the  independence  of  independent  non-
executive  directors;  advising  the  Board  on  matters  regarding  the  appointment  or  re-appointment  of  directors  and 
succession  plans  for  the  directors.  The  Nomination  Committee  is  accountable  to  the  Board  and  regularly  reports 
its  work.  The  Nomination  Committee  has  not  convened  any  meeting  in  2010  because  there  were  no  significant 
matters such as the addition and replacement of directors.

Independent Board Committee
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  under  the  Listing  Rules,  the  Company’s  Independent  Board  Committee  convened 
one  meeting  in  2010,  with  all  five  independent  non-executive  directors  attended  where  it  reviewed  the  renewal  
of  CDMA  Network  Capacity  Lease  Agreement  and  related  annual  caps,  gave  the  relevant  confirmation  as  well  as 
submitted the recommendations on these matters to the independent shareholders.

Supervisory Committee
The Company established the Supervisory Committee in accordance with PRC Company Law. At present, the third 
session  of  the  Supervisory  Committee  comprises  five  supervisors,  of  which  there  is  an  external  independent 
supervisor and an employee representative supervisor. The principal duties of the Supervisory Committee include 
supervising,  in  accordance  with  the  law,  the  Company’s  financials  and  performance  of  its  directors,  managers 
and other senior management of the Company so as to prevent them from abusing their powers. The Supervisory 
Committee is a standing supervisory organisation within the Company, which is accountable to and reports to all 
shareholders.  The  Supervisory  Committee  holds  meetings  at  least  once  or  twice  a  year.  The  period  of  office  of 
the Supervisory Committee lasts for three years, starting from 9 September 2008 until the day of the Company’s 
Annual  General  Meeting  held  in  2011,  upon  which  the  fourth  session  of  the  Supervisory  Committee  will  be 
elected.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

62

Corporate Governance Report

Attendance rates of individual members of the Supervisory Committee in 2010

The Third Session of the Supervisory Committee

Number of Supervisors 

Number of meetings in 2010 

Supervisors

Miao Jianhua (Chairman of the Committee)

Zhu Lihao (Independent Supervisor)

Ma Yuzhu (Employee Representative Supervisor)

Xu Cailiao

Han Fang

5

2

Number of Meetings/
attendance

Attendance Rates

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

External Auditors
The  international  and  domestic  auditors  of  the  Company  are  KPMG  and  KPMG  Huazhen,  respectively.  In  order  to 
maintain  their  independence,  the  non-audit  services  provided  by  the  external  auditors  have  not  contravened  the 
requirements of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

A  breakdown  of  the  remuneration  received  by  the  external  auditors  for  audit  and  non-audit  services  provided  to 
the Company for the year ended 31 December 2010 is as follows:

Service item

Audit services

Non-audit services (mainly include internal control advisory and other advisory services)

Total

Fee

(RMB in millions)

67.00

6.79

73.79

The Audit Committee and the Board have agreed to the re-appointment of KPMG and KPMG Huazhen, respectively, 
as the international and domestic auditors of the Group for 2011, and the proposal will be submitted for approval 
at the 2010 Annual General Meeting.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Governance Report

63

Internal Control

Internal control system
The  Board  attaches  great  importance  to  the  construction  and  improvement  of  the  internal  control  system,  and 
takes  effective  approaches  to  supervise  the  implementation  of  related  control  measures,  whilst  enhancing 
operation  efficiency  and  effectiveness,  and  improving  corporate  governance,  risk  assessment,  risk  management 
and  internal  control  so  as  to  protect  shareholders’  investment  and  the  safety  of  the  Company’s  assets.  In  this 
way,  the  Company  can  achieve  long-term  development  goals.  The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  the 
establishment  and  implementation  of  the  internal  control  system.  The  internal  control  system  of  the  Company  is 
built on clear organisational structure and management duties, an effective delegation and accountability system, 
definite  targets,  policies  and  procedures,  comprehensive  risk  assessment  and  management,  a  sound  financial 
accounting  system,  and  continuing  analysis  and  supervision  of  operational  performance.  It  covers  all  businesses 
and  transactions  of  the  Company.  The  Company  has  formulated  a  code  of  conduct  for  the  senior  management 
and  employees  which  ensures  their  ethical  value  and  competency.  The  Company  has  formulated  its  internal 
declaration  system,  which  encourages  anonymous  reporting  of  situations  where  employees,  especially  directors 
and senior management personnel, breach the rules.

Since  the  year  2003,  based  on  the  requirements  of  the  U.S.  securities  regulatory  authorities  and  the  COSO 
Internal  Control  Framework  and  with  the  assistance  of  the  KPMG  Advisory  (China)  Limited  (Beijing  Office)  and 
other  advisory  institutions,  the  Company  has  formulated  manuals,  implementation  rules  and  related  rules  in 
relation  to  internal  control,  and  has  developed  the  Policies  on  Internal  Control  Management  and  Internal  Control 
Accountability  Management  to  ensure  the  effective  implementation  of  the  above  systems.  Over  more  than 
seven  years,  the  Company  has  continuously  revised  and  improved  the  manuals  and  implementation  rules  in 
view  of  the  ever  changing  internal  and  external  operation  environment  as  well  as  the  requirements  of  business 
development.  In  particular,  the  Company  has  further  strengthened  the  control  over  key  business  processes 
based  on  the  distinguishing  features  of  mobile  services  since  the  commencement  of  the  full  services  operation. 
While  continuing  to  improve  the  internal  control  related  policies,  the  Company  has  also  been  strengthening  its  IT 
internal  control  capabilities,  which  has  improved  the  efficiency  and  effectiveness  of  internal  control,  enhancing 
the  safety  of  the  Company’s  information  system  so  that  the  integrity,  timeliness  and  reliability  of  data  and 
information are maintained.

In  2010,  the  Company  supplemented  and  improved  its  internal  control  manuals  on  the  basis  of  summing  up  the 
full  services  operation  practices,  responding  to  the  management  system  renewal  and  organisational  structure 
adjustment,  materialising  the  support  to  the  front-end  operation  by  finance  departments,  and  resolving  problems 
detected in recent years. The revised sections mainly included the amendments to the internal control manual on 
content which are not applicable to the existing business process; the inclusion of control procedures on product 
development  and  business  outsourcing;  the  integration  of  content  on  the  support  to  the  front-end  operation 
by  finance  departments  into  relevant  business  processes  and  addition  of  the  pre-and-post-evaluation  to  such 
processes,  etc.  The  applicability  of  internal  control  manuals  was  further  improved  upon  the  improvement  of 
internal control procedures. In addition, the Company has further strengthened the supervision and inspection of 
the implementation of internal controls to promote the effectiveness of implementation of internal control, as well 
as to prevent and mitigate the financial risks.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

64

Corporate Governance Report

Comprehensive Risk Management
The  Company  views  comprehensive  risk  management  as  an  important  task  within  the  Company’s  daily  operation. 
Pursuant  to  regulatory  requirements  in  the  United  States  and  Hong  Kong,  the  Company  has  formulated  a  unique 
five-step  risk  management  approach  based  on  risk  management  theory  and  practice,  including  risk  identification, 
risk  assessment,  key  risk  analysis,  risk  reaction  and  risk  management  assessment.  The  Company  has  also 
designed a risk management template, implemented a standardised risk management procedure and established 
and refined the centralised risk directories and case studies database of the Company, so that risk management 
terminology is unified across all levels of the Company and the effectiveness of risk management was improved. 
Following  the  efforts  made  in  the  past  four  years,  China  Telecom  has  established  a  comprehensive  risk 
management system and has gradually perfected its comprehensive risk monitoring and prevention mechanism.

In 2010, pursuant to the requirement of provision C2 of the Code on Corporate Governance Practices of the Stock 
Exchange  of  Hong  Kong  Limited  and  based  on  the  work  completed  in  2009,  the  Company  further  incorporated 
comprehensive  risk  management  into  its  daily  operation.  The  Company  has  implemented  the  level-oriented, 
category-oriented and centralised risk management, with resources concentrated on the prevention of three types 
of major risk, including the asset risk, operational risk and personnel turnover risk, and has achieved satisfactory 
results. In 2010, the Company was not confronted with any major risks.

After rigorous risk identification, assessment and analysis, the Company has conducted a preliminary assessment 
of  potential  major  risks  to  the  Company  in  2011,  such  as  the  asset  risk,  industry  competition  risk,  risk  of  three 
network convergence, and has put forward detailed responding measures. Through the strict and appropriate risk 
management procedures, the Company will ensure the impact from the above risks to the Company are limited to 
and within an expected range.

Annual Internal Control Evaluation
The  Company  has  been  continuously  improving  its  internal  control  system.  In  order  to  meet  the  governing 
regulatory  requirements  of  its  places  of  listing,  including  the  United  States  and  Hong  Kong,  and  strengthen  its 
internal  control  while  guarding  against  operational  risks,  the  Company’s  internal  audit  department  is  responsible 
for coordinating the supervision and assessment of internal control.

The  Company  has  adopted  the  COSO  Internal  Control  Framework  as  the  standard  for  the  internal  control 
assessment.  With  the  management’s  internal  control  testing  guidelines  and  the  Audit  Standard  No.  5  that 
were  issued  by  PCAOB  as  its  directives,  the  Company’s  internal  control  assessment  is  composed  of  the  self-
assessment  conducted  by  the  persons  responsible  for  internal  control  and  of  the  independent  assessment 
conducted  by  the  internal  audit  department.  In  order  to  judge  the  nature  of  deficiencies  in  internal  control  and 
analyse  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control  system,  the  Company  adopts  the  following  four  major  steps  of 
assessment: (1) analyse and identify areas which require assessment, (2) assess the effectiveness of the design 
of  internal  control,  (3)  assess  the  effectiveness  of  the  execution  of  internal  control,  (4)  analyse  the  impact  of 
deficiencies  in  internal  control.  The  Company  then  rectifies  any  deficiencies  found  after  the  assessment.  By 
formulating “Interim Measures for the Internal Control Assessment”, “Manual for the Self-Assessment of Internal 
Control”,  “Manual  for  the  Independent  Assessment  of  Internal  Control”  and  other  documents,  the  Company  has 
ensured the assessment procedures are in compliance with related rules and regulations.

In  2010,  the  Company’s  internal  audit  department  initiated  and  coordinated  the  assessment  of  internal  control 
at  company  level,  timely  reported  the  results  to  the  Audit  Committee  in  the  fourth  quarter  and  executed  the 
opinions  and  recommendations,  as  suggested  by  the  Audit  Committee,  in  areas  such  as  further  enhancement 
of  the  supporting  capacities  of  the  IT  system  for  the  purpose  of  meeting  the  demands  of  full  services  operation 
development. 

Self-assessment  of  internal  control  adopts  a  top-down  approach  which  reinforces  assessment  in  respect  of 
control  points  at  the  corporate  level  and  control  points  corresponding  to  major  accounting  items.  The  Company 
insisted  on  risk-oriented  principles  and,  on  the  basis  of  comprehensive  assessment,  identified  key  control  areas 
and  control  points  for  major  assessment  through  risk  analysis.  In  2010,  the  Company  actively  pushed  forward 
the  optimisation  and  improvement  of  the  self-assessment  manner  and  method  of  all  departments  and  branches, 
effectively  improving  the  efficiency  and  outcome  of  self-assessment.  Through  the  self-assessment,  the  Company 
detected and rectified the existing problems in time. As a result, the internal control system of the Company was 
further improved.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Governance Report

65

As  for  the  independent  assessment,  the  Company  has  put  forth  the  guiding  principle  that  the  independent 
assessment  shall  focus  on  the  major  risks  in  relation  to  enterprise  operation  and  management  and  be  based 
on  complete  internal  control  system,  so  as  to  ensure  that  the  nature  of  risks  and  problems  will  be  identified 
and  captured,  and  to  improve  the  overall  efficiency  of  auditing,  and  has  actively  assisted  all  departments 
and  branches  in  raising  the  quality  and  efficiency  of  the  independent  assessment  since  2009.  In  2010,  in 
accordance  with  the  principle  and  arrangement  of  assessment  for  the  Company,  all  provincial  branches  launched 
a  proactive  independent  assessment  within  each  province.  When  problems  of  internal  control  were  identified 
after  the  assessment,  the  provincial  branches  proposed  recommendations  and  oversaw  the  process  to  rectify 
the  problems.  As  a  result,  the  independent  assessment  effectiveness  of  each  provincial  branch  was  improved. 
The  Company  guided  all  provincial  branches  to  launch  independent  assessments  and  to  incorporate  a  number 
of  factors  into  consideration,  such  as  extraordinary  risks  of  internal  control,  proportion  of  assets  and  revenue, 
and the frequency of assessment made by external auditors. Through independent assessment, the Company not 
only  grasped  the  overall  situation  of  internal  control,  but  also  developed  key  tests  for  its  high-risk  processes.  In 
addition,  the  Company  inspected  the  related  units  in  respect  of  their  rectification  of  internal  control  deficiencies 
and focused on the key issues in order to ensure the depth and quality of assessment.

Furthermore,  the  Company  organised  the  internal  control  assessment  team  and  other  relevant  departments  to 
closely  coordinate  with  the  external  auditors’  internal  control  audit  related  to  financial  statements.  The  internal 
control  audit  covered  the  Company  and  all  its  subsidiaries  as  well  as  the  key  processes  and  control  points  in 
relation to major accounting items. The external auditors regularly communicated with the management in respect 
of the audit results.

All  levels  of  the  Company  have  been  attaching  great  importance  to  rectifying  internal  control  deficiencies.  The 
Company  pushes  all  units  to  carry  out  rectification  in  relation  to  deficiencies  identified  through  self-assessment, 
independent  assessment  and  the  internal  control  audit  made  by  the  external  auditors.  The  Company  also 
highlighted  the  participation  of  professional  departments  whilst  exploring  the  establishment  of  an  internal 
control  mechanism  with  long-term  efficiency.  To  ensure  effective  rectification,  the  Company  also  strengthened 
the  verification  and  supervision  of  the  rectification  of  internal  control  deficiencies.  Pursuant  to  requests  from 
the  Company,  all  provincial  branches  launched  rectification  on  any  deficiencies  identified  from  the  assessment 
(including the internal control audit) in a positive manner.

Through self-assessments and independent assessments conducted by branches at different levels, the Company 
carried  out  multi-layered  and  full-dimensional  reviews  of  its  internal  control  system,  and  put  its  utmost  efforts 
into  rectifying  the  problems  which  were  identified.  Through  this  method,  the  Company  was  able  to  ensure  the 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  and  successfully  passed  the  year-end  attestation  undertaken  by  the  external 
auditors.

The Board, through the Audit Committee, reviewed the internal control system of the Company and its subsidiaries 
for  the  financial  year  ended  31  December  2010,  which  covered  its  controls  on  financial  reporting,  operation  and 
compliance,  as  well  as  its  risk  management  functions.  The  Board  is  of  the  view  that  the  Company’s  internal 
control  system  is  solid,  well-estated  and  effective.  The  annual  review  also  considers  the  adequacy  of  resources, 
qualifications  and  experience  of  staff  fulfilling  the  Company’s  accounting  and  financial  reporting  functions, 
together with the adequacy of the staff’s training programmes and the relevant budget.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

66

Corporate Governance Report

Investor Relations and Transparent Information Disclosure Mechanism

The  Company  establishes  an  investor  relations  department  which  is  responsible  for  providing  shareholders  and 
investors  with  the  necessary  information,  data  and  services  in  a  timely  manner.  It  also  maintains  proactive 
communications  with  shareholders,  investors  and  other  capital  market  participants  and  provides  them  with  the 
necessary  information  so  as  to  allow  them  to  fully  understand  the  operation  and  development  of  the  Company. 
The  Company’s  senior  management  presents  the  annual  results  and  interim  results  in  Hong  Kong  every  year. 
Through  various  activities  such  as  analyst  meetings,  press  conferences,  global  investor  telephone  conferences 
and  investors  road  shows,  the  senior  management  provides  the  capital  markets  and  the  media  with  important 
information  related  to  key  issues  of  which  the  investors  are  of  prime  concerns.  This  has  helped  to  reinforce 
the  understanding  of  the  Company’s  business  and  the  overall  development  of  the  telecommunications  industry 
in  China.  Since  2004,  the  Company  has  been  holding  the  Annual  General  Meetings  in  Hong  Kong  to  provide 
convenience  and  encourage  its  shareholders,  especially  public  shareholders,  to  actively  participate  in  the 
Company’s  Annual  General  Meetings  and  to  promote  the  direct  communication  and  exchange  of  ideas  between 
the Board of Directors and shareholders.

With  an  aim  of  strengthening  communications  with  the  capital  market  and  enhancing  the  transparency  of 
information  disclosure,  the  Company  has  provided  the  quarterly  disclosure  of  revenue,  operating  expenses, 
EBITDA,  net  profit  figures  and  other  key  operational  data,  and  the  monthly  announcements  of  the  number  of 
access  lines  in  service,  mobile  subscribers  and  wireline  broadband  subscribers.  The  Company  attaches  great 
importance  to  maintain  daily  communication  with  shareholders,  investors  and  analysts.  In  2010,  the  Company 
has participated in a number of investors conferences held by a number of major international investment banks 
in order to maintain active communication with institutional investors.

  2010 Annual Results Announcement on 22 March 2011

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Governance Report

67

In 2010, the Company attended the following investors conferences held by major international investment banks:

Date

January 2010

January 2010

January 2010

January 2010

March 2010

April 2010

May 2010

May 2010

May 2010

May 2010

May 2010

June 2010

June 2010

June 2010

June 2010

June 2010

Name of Conference

Deutsche Bank Access China Conference 2010

UBS Greater China Conference 2010

DBS Vickers Pulse of Asia Conference 2010

CLSA Hong Kong/China Access Day 2010

Credit Suisse Asian Investment Conference 2010

Macquarie China/Hong Kong Conference 2010

BOCI Investment Conference 2010

Merrill Lynch Asian Stars Conference 2010

UBS Pan-Asian Telco Conference 2010

Morgan Stanley Hong Kong Investor Summit 2010

CLSA China Investment Forum 2010

J.P. Morgan China Conference 2010

Nomura Asia Equity Forum 2010

Goldman Sachs Telecom Corporate Day 2010

RBS China Conference 2010

Hong Kong Stock Exchange/Daiwa Investor Seminar 2010

September 2010 

Kingsway Hong Kong Conference 2010

September 2010

CLSA Hong Kong Investors’ Forum 2010

September 2010 

Kim Eng/Mitsubishi UFJ Non-Deal Roadshow (Japan) 2010

October 2010

October 2010

October 2010

November 2010 

November 2010 

November 2010 

November 2010 

November 2010 

December 2010 

December 2010 

December 2010 

BNP Paribas Annual China Conference 2010

Piper Jaffray TMT Corporate Day 2010

Citigroup Greater China Investor Conference 2010

Goldman Sachs China Investment Frontier 2010

Merrill Lynch China Investment Summit 2010

HSBC Asia Investor Forum 2010 & Non-Deal Roadshow

Daiwa Investment Conference (Hong Kong) 2010

Yuanta Securities Non-Deal Roadshow (Hong Kong) 2010

Yuanta Securities Straits Link Forum 2010

RBS “China Access – 12th Five-Year Plan”

HSBC Greater China Corporate Day 2010

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

68

Corporate Governance Report

The  Company’s  investor  relations  website  (www.chinatelecom-h.com)  not  only  acts  as  an  important  channel  for 
the  Company  to  disseminate  press  releases  and  corporate  information  to  investors  and  the  capital  market,  but 
also  plays  a  significant  role  in  the  Company’s  valuation  and  our  compliance  with  regulatory  requirements  for 
information  disclosure.  In  2010,  a  number  of  new  features  were  added  to  the  corporate  website,  in  order  to 
further  enhance  the  information  disclosure  of  the  Company’s  website  and  the  interactive  communication  with 
the  investors  and  shareholders,  including  interactive  stock  quote  chart,  RSS,  investor  briefcase  and  information 
sharing  in  social  network.  Meanwhile,  the  Company’s  website  also  provides  a  refreshing  3D  visual  experience  by 
using  “augmented  reality”,  a  new  technology,  to  present  the  key  information  in  the  annual  reports.  In  addition, 
the  Company’s  website  also  launched  a  mobile  version,  which  allows  the  investors  and  shareholders  to  easily 
browse  the  important  information  on  the  Company’s  website  through  mobile  devices  at  any  time  and  any  places. 
The Company’s website was accredited the Gold Award in the category of Corporate Communication in the “2010 
International  W3  Awards”,  indicating  that  the  Company’s  website  is  highly  recognised  by  the  professionals.  The 
Company  also  took  the  initiative  to  seek  recommendations  on  how  to  improve  the  Company’s  annual  report 
from  shareholders  through  survey,  and,  in  accordance  with  its  shareholders’  recommendations,  prepared  and 
distributed  the  annual  report  in  a  more  environmentally-friendly  and  cost  saving  manner.  The  shareholders  can 
ascertain  their  choice  of  receiving  the  annual  reports  and  communications  by  electronic  means,  or  receiving 
English version only, Chinese version only or both English and Chinese versions.  

The  Company  has  always  maintained  a  good  information  disclosure 
mechanism.  While  keeping  highly  transparent  communications 
with  media,  analysts  and  investors,  we  attach  great  importance 
to  the  handling  of  price  sensitive  information.  In  general,  the 
authorised  speaker  only  makes  clarification  and  explanation  on  the 
data  available  on  the  market,  to  avoid  providing  or  divulging  any 
unpublished  price  sensitive  information  either  by  an  individual  or  by 
a  team.  Before  conducting  any  external  interview,  if  the  authorised 
speaker  has  any  doubt  about  the  data  to  be  disclosed,  he/she 
would  seek  verification  from  the  relevant  person  or  the  person-in-
charge  of  the  relevant  department,  so  as  to  determine  if  such  data 
are  accurate.  In  addition,  discussions  on  the  Company’s  principal 
financial  data  or  other  financial  indicators  are  avoided  during  the 
lock-up period.

  The mobile version of corporate website 
(m.chinatelecom-h.com) was launched 
in 2010

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Governance Report

69

Significant Differences Between the Corporate Governance Practices followed by the Company 
and those followed by NYSE-Listed U.S. Companies
The  Company  was  established  in  the  PRC  and  is  currently  listed  on  The  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong  Kong  Limited 
(“SEHK”)  and  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”).  As  a  foreign  private  issuer  in  respect  of  its  listing  on  the 
NYSE,  the  Company  is  not  required  to  comply  with  all  the  corporate  governance  rules  of  Section  303A  of  the 
NYSE  Listed  Company  Manual.  However,  the  Company  is  required  to  disclose  the  significant  differences  between 
the  corporate  governance  practices  followed  by  the  Company  and  the  listing  standards  followed  by  NYSE-listed 
U.S. companies.

Pursuant to the requirements of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, the Board of Directors of all NYSE-listed U.S. 
companies  must  be  made  up  by  a  majority  of  independent  directors.  Under  currently  applicable  PRC  and  Hong 
Kong laws and regulations, the Board of the Company is not required to be formed with a majority of independent 
directors.  As  a  listed  company  on  the  SEHK,  the  Company  needs  to  comply  with  the  Listing  Rules.  These  rules 
require  that  at  least  one-third  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  a  listed  company  in  Hong  Kong  be  independent 
directors.  The  Board  of  the  Company  comprises  of  14  directors,  of  which  five  are  independent  directors, 
making  the  number  of  independent  directors  exceed  one-third  of  the  total  number  of  directors  on  the  Board, 
in  compliance  with  the  number  set  out  as  a  recommended  best  practice  in  the  Code  on  Corporate  Governance 
Practices  of  the  Listing  Rules.  These  independent  directors  also  satisfy  the  requirements  on  “independence” 
under  the  Listing  Rules.  However,  the  related  standard  is  different  from  the  requirements  in  Section  303A.02  of 
the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

Pursuant to the requirements of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, companies shall formulate separate corporate 
governance  rules.  Under  the  currently  applicable  PRC  and  Hong  Kong  laws  and  regulations,  the  Company  is 
not  required  to  formulate  any  rules  for  corporate  governance;  therefore,  the  Company  has  not  formulated  any 
separate corporate governance rules. However, the Company has implemented the Code on Corporate Governance 
Practices of the SEHK for the accounting year ended 31 December 2010.

Continuous Evolution of Corporate Governance
The Company continuously analyses the corporate governance development of international advanced enterprises 
and  the  investors’  desires,  constantly  examines  and  strengthens  the  corporate  control  system  and  practice, 
improves  the  current  practices  at  appropriate  time,  adopts  fiduciary,  transparent,  open  and  effective  corporate 
governance  principles  and  structure,  to  ensure  the  long  term  sustainable  development  of  the  Company  and  to 
seek sustainable returns for the shareholders and investors.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

70

Human Resources Development Report

Summary

In  2010,  the  Company  adhered  to  the  principle  of  support  for  enterprise  development  and  service  for  employees 
with respect to its human resources management, further strengthened team building and mechanism innovation, 
and  systematically  deepened  the  transformation  of  human  resources  functions.  While  adhering  to  the  doctrine 
of  people-oriented  strategy,  the  Company  endeavoured  to  motivate  employees’  passion  and  maintain  harmony, 
aiming  to  groom  talents  and  ensure  an  effective  human  resources  mechanism  to  support  the  full  services 
operation of the Company.

Firstly, we strengthened our management team at all levels of the Company. By further improving the management 
system  of  senior  managers  and  intensifying  the  competition  mechanism  for  senior  managers  recruitment  and 
selection, a group of highly-educated, passionate and enthusiastic talents were promoted to the key management 
positions, and the age and knowledge structure of the management teams at all levels were further optimised.

Secondly,  we  strengthened  our  professional  technician  teams.  Taking  into  consideration  the  Company’s  demand 
for  talents,  we  formulated  a  series  of  measures  for  staff  improvement.  Pursuant  to  our  business  needs,  we 
actively  promoted  to  build  teams  with  professional  technicians  specialised  in  Information  Technology  (“IT”)  and 
Internet  Protocol  (“IP”),  etc.  We  evaluated  and  selected  talents  in  relevant  professions  according  to  the  principle  
of  being  recognised  by  the  market,  by  industry  and  by  enterprises,  and  meanwhile  initiated  the  assessment 
method of “professionals select professionals”.

  Mr. Wang Xiaochu, Chairman, exchanged views 
with staff

  Staff communicated with Mr. Wang Xiaochu, Chairman, in person

Thirdly,  we  actively  motivated  the  enthusiasm  and  creativity  of  all  our  employees  by  adhering  to  the  people-
oriented  principle.  We  put  emphasis  on  career  development  of  employees  and  built  a  development  platform  to 
create  value  for  both  the  Company  and  employees.  We  cared  for  our  frontline  employees  and  helped  solve  their 
practical  difficulties.  We  also  enhanced  accountability  management  regarding  workplace  safety.  By  doing  so,  we 
ensured safety, harmony and stability in the Company.

Employees Distribution

As at the end of 2010, the Group had 312,322 employees in total. The employees distribution was as follows:

Management, Finance and Administration

Sales and Marketing

Operation and Maintenance

Research and Development

Total

Number of 
employees

Percentage

49,124

161,569

99,704

1,925

312,322

15.7%

51.8%

31.9%

0.6%

100%

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Human Resources Development Report

71

Corporate-Employee Relationship

Communication between Management and Employees
The  Company  has  established  and  continuously  optimised  the  communication  mechanism.  The  management 
continued  to  reinforce  communication  with  the  employees  through  various  methods  and  channels.  The 
management  regularly  visited  the  frontline 
employees  to  get  first-hand  information 
and  understand  their  views.  Management 
communicated  with  employees  through 
trainings,  seminars  and  our  online  learning 
platforms,  listening  to  them  and  providing 
timely  feedback.  In  addition,  the  Company 
hosted  a  series  of  “Face-to-Face  Forum” 
to  discuss  the  issues  such  as  mobile 
Internet,  differential  development  of  the 
Company,  attaining  closer  communications 
between  the  senior  management  and  the 
employees.  The  management  of  provincial 
branches  also  established  their  effective 
dialogue  mechanism  and  strengthened  their 
communication  with  the  employees  by  means 
of  regular  surveys  on  employee  satisfaction. 
In  2010,  the  Company  launched  the  activity 
of  “Learning  from  Fred 1”,  encouraging  the 
management  at  all  levels  to  care  more  about  the  employees  and  make  efforts  to  create  a  company  culture  of 
being  passionate,  learning-based,  and  developing  talent,  which  allows  employees  to  have  a  more  meaningful 
and  better  life  and  work  as  well  as  to  encourage  “Fred”  spirit  within  the  Company  and  inspire  employees  to 
enjoy  better  work  and  life.  Meanwhile,  in  accordance  with  the  people-oriented  principle,  the  Company  has  further 
promoted  the  mechanism  for  employees  to  make  suggestions  by  improving  relevant  systems  and  smoothing  the 
channels.  Establishing  “Mailbox  of  General  Manager”,  “Labour  Union  Chairman’s  Mailbox”  and  “Online  Petition 
Room”  and  by  other  direct  or  indirect  means,  the  Company  has  widened  the  access  to  dialogues  between  the 
management and employees and guaranteed easier expression of request by employees. Moreover, the Company 
carried out employee surveys on the issues of their concern to understand their views and ensure their problems 
be reasonably solved or responded in time thus promoting harmonious and stable corporate-employee relations.

  Mr. Shang Bing, COO, visited frontline staff

Mailbox 
of General 
Manager

Labour Union 
Chairman’s 
Mailbox

Online 
Petition 
Room

1 

Fred  is  the  leading  character  of  the  book  The  Fred  Factor.  Serving  as  a  postman  in  the  U.S.,  he  devoted  great  passion  to  his 
ordinary  work  and  finally  made  not  only  his  work  but  also  his  own  life  extraordinary  by  providing  customers  with  better  services 
and creating more value with his persistent efforts.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

72

Human Resources Development Report

Roles and Duties of Labour Unions
Insisting  on  the  principle  of  “promoting  both  the  corporate  development  and  the  employees’  growth”  and 
the  guideline  of  “focusing  on  main  goals  of  the  Company,  serving  the  general  interest,  highlighting  employee 
rights  and  enhancing  participation”,  the  labour  unions  play  an  irreplaceable  role  in  the  Company’s  strategic 
transformation  and  full  services  operation.  For  the  promotion  of  full  services  development,  the  labour  unions 
have  coordinated  with  the  Company  to  organise  various  activities  with  respect  to  job-skill  contests,  technical 
innovations  and  improvement  proposals  from  employees,  and  awarded  the  employees  for  outstanding 
contributions  to  honour  their  value  as  well  as  motivate  them  to  pursue  better  performance.  For  the  promotion  of 
employees’  growth,  the  labour  unions  organised  on-the-job  training,  skill  competitions  and  activities  of  building 
learning teams to create knowledge-sharing platforms to improve employees’ job skills and adaptability to the full 
services operation of the Company. In particular, the labour unions have organised activities for the employees to 
experience the new services and products and recommended some employees’ advanced operational methods for 
sales,  maintenance  and  customer  service  to  others  in  order  to  sharpen  their  job  skills.  The  labour  unions  have 
also  organised  the  employees  to  participate  in  the  decision-making  process  of  major  employee-benefit  issues  of 
the  Company,  and  the  formulation  of  corporate  rules  and  regulations  through  democratic  management  platforms 
such  as  the  Employees’  Representative  Congress  with  employee  participation  rate  of  over  80%.  Meanwhile,  the 
labour  unions  cared  for  the  employees  and  made  great  efforts  to  improve  their  working  conditions  and  living 
standards.  By  taking  the  responsibilities  for  helping  employees  in  difficulties,  the  labour  unions  promoted  the 
Company  to  establish  and  manage  a  supportive  fund  to  help  the  employees  in  need  of  financial  support,  thus 
their most immediate difficulties and needs were effectively tackled.

  Games competition for network staff

Coordination and Communication between the Company and the Labour Unions
The  Company  has  reinforced  coordination  and  communication  with  the  labour  unions  in  2010.  In  order  to 
accomplish  the  strategic  goal  of  full  services  operation,  the  Company’s  Labour  Emulation  Committee  has 
coordinated  with  the  labour  unions  to  carry  out  a  series  of  “Fly  High  with  e-Surfing”  skill  contests  participated 
by  tens  of  thousands  of  attendees.  The  Company  has  also  coordinated  with  the  labour  unions  to  jointly  decide 
on  the  agenda  of  the  annual  Employees’  Representative  Congress  meetings  and  the  subjects  of  employee 
representatives’  inspections,  so  as  to  strengthen  the  frontline-employee  democracy  and  supervision  and  to 
safeguard  the  legitimate  rights  and  interests  of  the  employees.  The  labour  unions  have  assisted  the  company 
in  implementing  the  Law  on  Employment  Contracts,  the  Law  on  Mediation  and Arbitration  of  Labour  Disputes  and 
other  laws  and  regulations.  In  compliance  with  the  “Administrative  Measures  for  the  Collective  Contracts  on 

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Human Resources Development Report

73

the  Basis  of  Equity  and  Consultation”,  the  labour  unions  conducted  collective  consultations  with  the  Company 
to  standardise  the  terms  of  employment  contracts,  improve  the  collective  contracts  effectiveness,  perfect  the 
system  of  Employees’  Representative  Congress  and  intensify  their  participation  in  the  Company’s  employment 
management  and  corporate-employee  relations  coordination.  Moreover,  the  labour  unions  and  the  Company  have 
jointly  set  up  a  Labour  Disputes  Mediation  Committee  to  enhance  communication  and  coordination  concerning 
labour disputes and the employee rights protection.

Caring for Employees
In relation to the welfare of the employees, based on its “people-oriented” corporate culture, the Company strived 
to  improve  the  working  conditions  and  living  standards  of  frontline  employees,  and  invested  RMB400  million  to 
build  “small  canteens,  small  bathrooms,  small  activity  rooms,  and  small  washrooms  at  the  workplace”  in  2010, 
successfully easing the concerns of the frontline employees, in particular those working in rural areas. By the end 
of 2010, 7,291 small canteens, 6,454 small bathrooms, 6,957 small activity rooms and 9,783 small washrooms 
had  been  built  and  another  480  projects  such  as  the  electronic  classrooms  had  been  completed,  which  has 
greatly  improved  the  working  conditions  and  living  standards  of  general  employees,  enhanced  the  cohesion 
and  solidarity  of  them  and  promoted  the  Company’s  development,  harmony  and  stability.  In  2010,  the  Company 
increased  its  labour  costs,  tilting  towards  the  technical  talents  in  the  area  of  mobile  information  technology  and 
the frontline employees and effectively motivating their passion and productivity.

The  Company  cares  for  the  employees  in  the  disaster-hit  areas.  In  2010,  frequent  natural  disasters  were 
witnessed  in  China,  which  have  caused  serious  impact  on  and  losses  to  our  employees.  The  representatives  of 
the  Company  and  the  labour  unions  went  to  the  disaster-hit  areas  to  investigate  the  post-disaster  situations  of 
the employees and passed the Company’s regards to them. The Company put aside ad-hoc funds to relieve them 
from difficulties of living, and organised donations by all employees. Besides, the Company established a natural 
disaster  relief  fund  for  the  employees  suffering  from  major  disasters  and  also  arranged  special  leaves  for  them 
in  other  places.  Two  years  after  the  Wenchuan  earthquake,  the  representatives  of  the  Company  and  the  labour 
unions paid visits and brought regards to the employees in the quake-hit areas in Sichuan Province.

In  times  of  New  Year  and  Lunar  New  Year,  as  well  as 
during  critical  production  and  operational  periods,  natural 
d i s a s t e r s  a n d  h o t  s u m m e r  s e a s o n s ,  t h e  C o m p a ny 
and  labour  unions  vigorously  carr y  out  “care  deliver y” 
activities  by  visiting  and  comforting  employees  in  difficulty, 
employees  at  the  frontline  of  production,  outstanding 
employees  and  retired  employees.  Moreover,  in  order  to 
provide  assistance  for  employees  in  difficulty,  90%  of  our 
provincial branches have established special funds.

The  Company  organised  various  cultural  and  spor ts 
activities,  including  “e-Surfing  Images”  photography 
contest  and  “e-Surfing  Vitality”  aerobics  competition, 
meeting  the  needs  of  employees  for  leisure.  These 
activities  have  enhanced  our  staff  morale  and  quality,  in 
a way supporting corporate development.

  Staff participated in “e-Surfi ng Vitality” aerobics competition

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

74

Human Resources Development Report

Strengthening Human Capital

The  Company  made  great  efforts  in  building  talent  pipeline  and  attached  great  importance  to  the  investment  in 
leadership  building,  professional  training  and  employee  skills  enrichment.  In  particular,  the  Company  actively 
established  six  major  professional  teams  in  the  areas  of  mobile  service,  informatisation,  sales  and  marketing, 
etc.,  which  effectively  supported  its  full  services  operation  and  continuously  optimise  its  human  resources 
structure.

Developing Leadership Skills
A Leadership Development and Research Center was established in 2010, supporting the building of competency 
model  for  senior  management  as  well  as  an  assessment  platform  for  evaluating  the  competencies  and 
capability  of  the  Company’s  senior  managers  from  multiple  perspectives  and  providing  important  references  for 
the  recruitment  and  grooming  of  the  management  team.  In  light  of  the  new  leadership  skills  required  for  the 
Company’s  strategic  transformation  and  mobile  Internet  era,  the  Company  stepped  up  the  training  for  mid-to-high 
level  managers.  The  Company  successively  organised  six  training  sessions  in  2010  for  senior  management  of 
provincial  branches  and  local  branches  with  the  attendance  aggregating  491  employees.  As  for  the  leadership 
development  for  frontline  managers,  the  Company  continued  to  optimise  its  system  of  leadership  training 
programme  and  teaching  resources  and  organise  “train  the  trainer”  programme  and  demonstration  sessions  of 
performance management.

Cultivating Professional Talents
In  2010,  we  held  a  series  of  trainings  and  technical  certification  programmes  to  address  various  needs  and 
features of the talents specialised in different technical fields, effectively improving their technical capacities and 
skills.  As  for  the  development  of  training  resources,  the  Company  established  curriculum  for  various  technical 
fields,  developed  courses  including  Experiences  and  Patterns  of  Mobile  Service  Development  and  Innovative 
Marketing,  and  conducted  training  for  lecturers  of  such  courses  in  2010.  In  the  mean  time,  the  Company  fully 
leveraged its Online College for distance training, seminars and knowledge sharing, creating an effective platform 
to enhance the Company’s professional capacities.

Enhancing Employees’ Skills
In  2010,  the  Company  endeavoured  to  strengthen  the  selling  and  maintenance  skills  for  its  frontline  employees. 
Focusing  on  the  key  areas  such  as  customer  experience-based  marketing  initiatives  for  3G  mobile  Internet 
services  and  installation  and  maintenance  of  optical  access  equipment,  the  Company  successively  organised  a 
series  of  post-specific  skill  trainings  and  certification  for  telephone  operators,  frontline  sales,  wireless  network 
optimisation  staff,  account  managers  for  government  and  enterprises  customers,  “Best  Tone”  customer  service 
representatives,  and  network  operation  and  maintenance  staff,  which  has  comprehensively  improved  their  skills. 
In  2010,  over  76,000  employees  participated  in  the  certification  examinations  and  related  trainings.  As  at  the 
end of 2010, the Company had around 500 senior technical experts, over 4,000 technical experts, nearly 30,000 
technicians  and  highly  skilled  talents  constituted  over  20  percent  of  our  staff,  out  of  which  11  people  were 
successively awarded the title of “National Technical Master of China”, 57 people honoured as “Technical Master 
of China’s State-owned Enterprises”, and 62 people awarded the title of “Technical Master of China Telecom”.

In  2010,  China  Telecom  College  initiated  “Getting  Your  Wings”,  a  study  program  providing  trainings  to  the 
employees  via  online  live  broadcasting.  More  than  300,000  employees  attended  the  program  and  their  business 
skills  have  been  effectively  enhanced.  This  program  was  awarded  the  “Best  Practice  in  2010”  by  the  American 
Society for Training and Development.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Human Resources Development Report

75

Remuneration and Performance Management
In accordance with the corporate principle of “support for enterprise development and service for employees”, the 
Company  has  established  a  mechanism  that  the  growth  of  personnel  cost/total  amount  of  salaries  is  correlated 
with  corporate  earnings’  growth  for  branches,  and  has  continuously  improved  it  in  practice.  The  Company 
implemented a strict performance management system and applies KPI-based performance appraisal mechanisms 
to its employees. Overall performance targets have been segmented to all levels of the Company to ensure each 
employee  has  his  own  specific  performance  targets.  The  results  of  the  performance  appraisal  are  effectively 
applied  to  various  aspects  including  adjustment  in  job  post-based  salaries,  performance  salaries,  promotions, 
training,  secondment  and  transfers.  The  integration  of  the  performance  appraisal  with  operating  performance 
and  capacity  improvement  program  serves  as  an  effective  way  to  enhance  the  capacity  and  performance  of 
employees.  According  to  the  corporate  principle  of  “objective,  fair,  democratic,  open,  and  performance-oriented”, 
the  Company  carried  out  open  recruitment  and  competitions  for  job  vacancies,  and  built  up  job  post-centered 
management  with  flexible  promotions  and  degradations  and  flexible  recruitment  and  dismissal  for  the  scientific 
and rational allocation of human resources.

Protecting Employee Welfare

The  Company  strictly  abides  by  the  laws  and  regulations  such  as  “Employment  Law  of  the  People’s  Republic  of 
China”  and  the  “Law  of  the  People’s  Republic  of  China  on  Employment  Contracts”  to  discipline  its  employment 
practice.  The  Company  offers  equality  of  remuneration  and  work,  implements  regulations  to  protect  female 
employees’ rights and interests with no gender discrimination and does not employ child labour or forced labour. 
Aiming  at  supporting  the  Company’s  full  services  operation,  the  female  employee  organisations  of  all  provincial 
branches  actively  launched  the  campaigns,  namely  “Contributions  by  Female  Employees”  and  “Competency 
Improvement  Project”,  so  as  to  build  platforms  for  the  female  employees  to  play  their  roles  and  show  their 
intelligence.

  Staff joined “3G Marketing Competition”

  “3G Marketing Competition” group photo

   Mr. Sun Kangmin, Executive Vice President 
presented awards in “3G Marketing Competition”

A Trusted Partner

2010 Shanghai

World Expo

Global Partner
Par ner
G
Global Partner

Fast
Communications
Recovery

st NNattural Disasteteeeerrrr
Post Natural Disasters
PoP stt N tural Disasterrsrsrs

Rocket Lunar Probe
Rocket Lunar Probe

Chang’e-2

Communications
Communicic ttatatatiiiions
Communic ttttttiiions
Assurance
Assuranc
Assurance

Continuously strive for 
excellence and customer care

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

78

Corporate Social Responsibility Report

As  a  major  national  telecommunications  operator 
r e s p o n s i b l e  f o r  d ev e l o p i n g  t h e  i n f o r m a t i s a t i o n 
infrastr ucture  and  providing  modern  information 
services in China, China Telecom has always adhered 
to  its  core  philosophy  of  “all-rounded  innovation,  in 
pursuit of truth and pragmatism, people-oriented, and 
creation  of  shared  values”,  as  well  as  the  principle 
of scientific development in light of the ever-changing 
operational  environment.  While  maintaining  its  stable 
operation  and  healthy  growth,  the  Company  assumed 
social  responsibility,  serviced  its  clients,  cared  for 
its  employees  and  rewards  to  its  shareholders. 
The  Company  has  integrated  its  corporate  social 
responsibility  into  the  provision  of  products  and 
services  and  associated  its  development  with  the 
economic,  social  and  environmental  development, 
aiming  to  promote  the  harmony  and  advancement  of 
the whole society.

Caring for Society and Customers

Lawful operation with integrity
Guided  by  relevant  national  laws  and  regulations, 
the  Company  has  always  been  a  model  corporate 
in  complying  with  the  laws  and  regulations,  social 
ethics,  business  ethics  and  industry  rules.  We  have 
established  an  all-rounded  and  seamless  compliance 
system  featuring  industr y  regulator y  compliance, 
internal  audit  and  internal  control,  comprehensive 
risk  management,  anti-corruption  as  well  as  legal 
education,  and  created  a  lasting ,  effective  and 
standard  communication  mechanism  to  receive  and 
respond  to  the  public  opinions  through  multiple 
channels.

Implementing “Village-to-Village” Projects
It is a shared responsibility to all telecommunications 
operators  to  bridge  digital  divide  and  guarantee  the 
rights  to  fundamental  telecommunications  for  all 
citizens.  Nowadays,  certain  people  living  in  Western 

China  and  remote  rural  areas  still  have  no  access  to 
telephone  and  Internet  services,  thus  being  denied 
from  modern  information  civilisation.  With  this  in 
mind,  China  Telecom  has  dedicated  itself  to  serving 
agriculture,  rural  areas  and  the  farmers,  narrowing 
the  digital  divide  between  urban  and  rural  areas 
and  actively  implementing  the  “Village-to-Village” 
projects.  As  at  the  end  of  2010,  the  Company  has 
accomplished the construction of telecommunications 
infrastructures  in  22,000  administrative  villages  and 
35,000  natural  villages,  laying  a  solid  foundation  for 
the informatisation of rural areas in China.

  Ethnic minorities enjoying new information life

  China Telecom supported the Expo 2010 Shanghai China

China Telecom supported the Expo 2010 Sha

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Social Responsibility Report

79

  China Telecom provided “Digital Asian Games” with secure communications services

Supporting Major Public Events
During  the  Expo  2010  Shanghai  China,  China  Telecom 
and  China  Mobile  jointly  built  the  Information  and 
Communications Pavilion with a theme of “Information 
and  Communications  –  Extending  City  Dreams”,  which 
received  nearly  3  million  visitors  and  was  recently 
awarded  the  “Best  Presentation”  and  “Best  Use  of 
Technology”  by  EXHIBITOR,  a  reputable  international 
exhibition  magazine,  as  well  as  the  “Most  Popular 
Pavilion” by the visitors.

   Volunteers  in  Asian  Games  using  free-of-charge  phone 
ser vices  –  China  Telecom  offered  over  1,000  phones 
located in various venues of Asian Games

Contributing to Community Well-being
While  accelerating  its  development  and  promoting 
the  informatisation  applications,  China  Telecom 
has,  with  a  keen  sense  of  responsibility,  proactively 
advocated  the  idea  of  being  an  excellent  corporate 
citizen  and  performed  its  duties  by  actively  taking 
part in community development, alleviation of poverty 
and  other  welfare  projects  in  the  fields  of  science, 
education, culture and health.

The  Company  has  made  added  efforts  in  building 
barrier-free facilities and setting up dedicated service 
desks  and  barrier-free  paths  for  the  disabled  at  its 
major  operational  places  in  China.  Moreover,  the 
Company  utilised  its  advantages  as  an  integrated 
i n f o r m a t i o n   s e r v i c e   p r o v i d e r   t o   d e v e l o p   n e w 
communications  and  information  products  as  well  as 
customised communication services for the disabled.

China  Telecom  has  provided  extensive  suppor t 
to  pover ty  areas  and  ser ved  as  their  par tner. 
F o r m u l a t i n g   t h e   A d m i n i s t r a t i v e   M e a s u r e s   f o r 
Poverty  Relief  and  Assistance  to  Tibet  as  well  as 
the  2008-2010  Rolling  Plans  for  Pover ty  Relief, 
China  Telecom  has  progressively  systemised  its 
management  and  improved  the  effectiveness  and 
efficiency  of  pover ty  relief.  For  example,  China 
Telecom  provided  support  to  Banbar  County,  Qamdo 
of  Tibet  Autonomous  Region  and  assisted  Yanyuan 
County  and  Muli  County  of  Liangshan  Yi  Autonomous 
Prefecture  of  Sichuan  Province  in  their  pover ty 
alleviation  efforts  by  building  e-government  websites, 
education  websites  and  cultural  activity  centres. 
These  effor ts  have  effectively  improved  the  local 
communications  and  other  public  infrastructures  and 
contributed  to  the  promotion  of  living  standards  of 
people in poverty areas.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

80

Corporate Social Responsibility Report

As  the  Prestige  Partner  of  the  Guangzhou  2010  Asian 
Games  providing  integrated  information  ser vices, 
China  Telecom  provided  full-ser vice,  24-hour  and 
all-around  suppor t  to  the  “Digital  Asian  Games” 
riding  on  its  telecommunications  network,  cutting-
edge  integrated  communication  applications  and 
quality  infor mation  ser vices.  The  Company  has 
leveraged  its  network  advantages  to  contribute  to 
the  Asian  Games,  integrated  its  service  innovation 
with  benefits  to  people’s  livelihood  and  concerted  its 
strategic transformation and development in fulfilment 
of  social  responsibilities.  By  securing  smooth 
telecommunications  and  boosting  the  excellence  of 
the  2010  Asian  Games,  the  Company  has  closely 
combined  its  sustainable  growth  with  the  social  well-
being and development of China.

Promoting Healthy Information

As  the  emerging  media,  Internet  and  mobile  phones 
have  become  impor tant  carriers  for  disseminating 
advanced  culture.  China  Telecom  has  promoted 
the  “green”  and  healthy  values  on  the  Internet  and 
mobile  phones,  guarding  against  the  online  spread 
of  unhealthy  content  while  strongly  promoting  those 
facilitate  the  healthy  and  orderly  development  of 
society.  By  means  of  newspaper  over  mobile  phone, 
t h e  C o m p a ny  p r o p a g a t e s  p o s i t i v e  a n d  h e a l t hy 
communication  culture  and  mainstream  values. 
Cooperating  with  Xinhua  News  Agency,  China  News 
Service  and  other  authoritative  media,  we  published 
a  series  of  feature  reports  including  the  Special  Issue 
for  NPC  and  CPPCC,  Special  Issue  for  Disaster  Relief 
in  Zhouqu  Landslide-hit  Areas,  and  World  Expo  Weekly 
and  Special  Issue  for  2010  Asian  Games.  In  addition, 
the  Company  also  emphasised  the  promotion  of 
traditional  culture  and  public  welfare  undertakings 
by  promoting  the  traditional  holidays  such  as  Tomb-
sweeping  Day,  Dragon  Boat  Festival,  Mid-Autumn  Day 
and  Chinese  Lunar  New  Year,  as  well  as  the  public 
welfare  campaigns  such  as  Earth  Hour  and  World  No-
Tobacco Day.

Guaranteeing Emergency 
Communications

Over  the  year s,  China  Telecom  is  dedicated  to 
securing  smooth  national  communications  as  a  top 
priority.  Facing  various  natural  disasters  such  as 
snowstorms,  ear thquakes,  floods  and  landslides, 

   Devoted  staff  supports  communication  network  restoration  in 

emergency

   Communication services recovery in snowstorm-hit regions

China  Telecom  has  fully  leveraged  its  strengths  in 
emergency  communications  deployment  and  robust 
network  capabilities  to  conduct  repairs,  rescues  and 
communications  services  restoration,  minimizing  the 
damages  and  offering  the  earliest  communications 
support for the nation and the public.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Social Responsibility Report

81

  Executive  V ice  President,  Zhang  Jiping  directed  disaster  relief  in  7.1  quake-hit  Yushu,

Qinghai

Merely  ten  minutes  after  the  7.1-scale  earthquake 
struck  Yushu  County,  Qinghai  Province  on  14  April 
2010,  the  Company  immediately  initiated  its  network-
wide emergency response plan and dispatched its first 
emergency  repair  team  to  the  disaster  area  with  more 
recover y  squads  sent  out  afterwards.  Despite  the 
frequent aftershocks and bad weathers, our employees 
risked  their  lives  to  overcome  various  difficulties  and 
achieved  outstanding  performances,  successfully 
honouring  the  mission  and  responsibility  as  a  major 
operator of information in China.

Caring for Employees

China  Telecom  dedicated  itself  to  building  a  sound, 
scientific  and  effective  employee  rights  protection 
mechanism, and proactively launched various activities 
for  the  creation  of  enter prise  with  har monious 
labour  relations  and  promoted  a  new  and  orderly 
socialist  corporate-employee  relationship  that  is  fair 
and  reasonable,  mutually  beneficial  and  win-win, 
harmonious  and  stable.  To  this  end,  China  Telecom 
focused  on  coordinating  the  labour  relationship  and 
encouraged labour unions at all levels to establish for 
their employee the rights protection mechanism.

China  Telecom  firmly  complies  with  the  laws  and 
regulations  including  the  “Law  on  Workplace  Safety”, 
“Employment  Law”  and  “Fire  Prevention  Law”  and 
relevant  policies  and  stipulations  of  the  government, 
car ries  out  in-depth  wor kplace  safety  publicity, 
education  and  training  and  continuously  increases 
i t s  e m p l oy e e s ’  awa r e n e s s  a n d  c o n s c i o u s n e s s 
of  workplace  safety.  While  fully  implementing  its 
accountability  system,  the  Company  has  established 
and  perfected  its  management  units,  system  and 
standardisation to guarantee workplace safety.

   China Telecom’s technician restored 
communication ser vices in the disaster 
area of Zhouqu in Gansu

 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

82

Corporate Social Responsibility Report

  Staff par ticipated in “e-Surfi ng Vitality” aerobics contest
Staff par ticipated in “e-Surfi ng Vitality” aerobics contest

   Mr. Zhang Chenshuang, Executive Vice President gave a 
   Mr. Zhang Chenshuang, Executive Vice President gave a 
consolatory letter to frontline employees
consolatory letter to frontline employees

China  Telecom  attached  importance  to  the  work-life 
balance  of  its  employees.  We  took  the  initiative  for 
the  employees  to  develop  various  information-rich, 
inspiring  and  enter taining  leisure  activities  which 
are  popular  and  widely  participated  with  an  aim  to 
promote the healthy spiritual and cultural consumption 
and  lifestyle  and  alleviate  work  pressure,  which  has 
further enhanced the cohesion of the Company.

Focusing on Environment Protection

We  attach  great  importance  to  the  maintenance  of  a 
healthy  living  environment  and  consistently  integrate 
the  ideas  and  measures  of  environment  protection 
in  the  course  of  communications  infrastr ucture 
building.  Based  on  the  requirements  of  Urgent  notice 
on  enhancing  co-building  and  sharing  of  telecom 
infrastructure  and  Suggestions  on  implementation 
of  enhancing  co-building  and  sharing  of  telecom 
infrastructure  in  2010  as  stipulated  by  the  Ministry 
o f  I n d u s t r y  a n d  I n f o r m a t i o n  Te c h n o l o g y,  C h i n a 
Telecom  has  actively  implemented  the  requirements 
to  promote  the  co-building  and  sharing.  During  the 
decision  making  process  of  telecommunications 
equipment  procurement,  we  have  carefully  selected 
noiseless,  electromagnetic  radiation-free  and  non 
pollutant-deriving  optical  fibres,  optical  cables  and 
transmission  system  equipment.  In  the  field  surveys 
for communications routes, we have purposely avoided 
such  geographical  areas  as  mineral  resources, 
forests,  grasslands,  wild  lives  protection  zones, 

natural  relics,  cultural  relics,  natural  protection  areas 
and  scenic  spots.  Moreover,  we  usually  adopted  the 
directional  drilling  technology  when  laying  optical 
cables,  which  enable  the  optical  cables  pass  through 
below  the  barriers  without  changing  the  surrounding 
environment.

In  order  to  boost  energ y  saving  and  emission 
reduction  in  a  systematic  way  and  become  an 
environment-friendly  telecom  operator,  China  Telecom 
implemented  the  plans  of  “Operation,  Procurement 
and  Products  with  Environment  Awareness”.  As  for 
“green”  operation,  we  rolled  out  a  specific  plan  on 
energy  saving  and  emission  reduction,  improved 
our  system,  set  a  series  of  standards  for  energy 
consumption,  and  promoted  the  use  of  energy  saving 
technology.  In  respect  of  ecological  procurement,  we 
believe energy saving and emission reduction can only 
be  achieved  through  cooperation  of  all  the  parties  of 
the  industry  value  chain.  We  have  therefore  set  out 
detailed  standards  for  energy-saving  equipment,  built 
a  laboratory  for  testing  and  gave  high  priority  to  the 
specifications of energy saving and emission reduction 
when  evaluating  procurement  tenders.  With  respect  to 
ecological  product  on  one  hand,  China  Telecom  made 
its  contributions  to  emission  reduction  and  advocated 
low-carbon  consumption  lifestyle  by  providing  its  own 
products  via  electronic  means.  On  the  other  hand,  as 
a  communications  operator,  the  Company  also  drove 
energy  savings  in  other  industries  by  offering  ICT 
solutions to enterprise customers.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Corporate Social Responsibility Report

83

Being  saving-oriented,  China  Telecom  endeavours  to 
conserve  energy  consumption  and  reduce  emissions 
and  established  a  special  purpose  fund  in  2010  for 
the  effective  implementation  of  targeted  technical 
restructuring  of,  among  others,  the  equipment  rooms, 
power  supply  and  air  conditioning.  In  order  to  reduce 
its  costs  and  improve  its  capital  efficiency,  China 
Telecom  has  streamlined  the  administrative  costs, 
marketing,  maintenance,  personnel  as  well  as  capital 
investment.  Energ y-saving  lighting  devices  have 
been  widely  used  in  the  offices  and  the  temperature 
in  telecom  equipment  rooms  and  the  offices  has 
been  properly  adjusted.  China  Telecom  also  calls  on 
saving  of  paper  and  water  and  develops  educational 
campaigns  of  “Environmentally  Friendly  Operation  and 
Low-Carbon  Living”,  which  has  cultivated  a  saving-
oriented corporate culture throughout the Group.

Looking  forward,  China  Telecom  will  continue  to 
function  as  a  large-scale  integrated  information 
service provider undertaking important responsibilities 
in  the  development  of  the  economy  and  society 
which  features  the  deepened  strategic  adjustment  of 
economic  structure  and  the  continuous  acceleration 
of  economic  infor matisation.  The  Company  will 
support  the  sustainable  development  of  the  economy 
and  society  by  virtue  of  its  strategic  transformation, 
driving  extensive  win-win  cooperation  as  well  as 
value  chain  collaboration  and  extension.  We  will 
consistently expand the fields for cooperation, improve 
the  operational  performance  of  the  industr y  and 
create  as  well  as  maintain  a  healthy  and  harmonious 
eco-system,  so  as  to  facilitate  the  sustainable 
and  healthy  development  of  the  industry  and  seek 
better  returns  for  shareholders.  With  these,  we  will 
achieve  the  goal  in  serving  the  economy  and  social 
development,  sincerely  offer  returns  to  society  and 
contribute  to  the  building  of  a  more  harmonious 
society.

  China Telecom held a honour presentation for staff devotion in disaster relief in 2010

Our
Young
Secret

Our
Young
Secret

Our dedicated
and joyful staff

Financial Statements

Report of the Independent International Auditor

89

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

To the Shareholders of
China Telecom Corporation Limited
(Incorporated in The People’s Republic of China with limited liability)

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  China  Telecom  Corporation  Limited  (“the  Company”) 
and  its  subsidiaries  (together  “the  Group”)  set  out  on  pages  90  to  146,  which  comprise  the  consolidated 
and  company  statements  of  financial  position  as  at  31  December  2010,  and  the  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive  income,  the  consolidated  statement  of  changes  in  equity  and  the  consolidated  statement  of 
cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  and  a  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  other  explanatory 
information.

Directors’ responsibility for the consolidated financial statements

The  directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  that  give 
a true and fair view in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International 
Accounting  Standards  Board  and  the  disclosure  requirements  of  the  Hong  Kong  Companies  Ordinance,  and  for 
such  internal  control  as  the  directors  determine  is  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility

Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audit.  This 
report  is  made  solely  to  you,  as  a  body,  and  for  no  other  purpose.  We  do  not  assume  responsibility  towards  or 
accept liability to any other person for the contents of the report.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Hong  Kong  Standards  on  Auditing  issued  by  the  Hong  Kong  Institute 
of  Certified  Public  Accountants.  Those  standards  require  that  we  comply  with  ethical  requirements  and  plan  and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free 
from material misstatement.

An  audit  involves  performing  procedures  to  obtain  audit  evidence  about  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated  financial  statements.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  the  auditor’s  judgement,  including  the 
assessment  of  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to 
fraud  or  error.  In  making  those  risk  assessments,  the  auditor  considers  internal  control  relevant  to  the  entity’s 
preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  that  give  a  true  and  fair  view  in  order  to  design  audit 
procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting 
policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of  accounting  estimates  made  by  the  directors,  as  well  as  evaluating  the 
overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit 
opinion.

Opinion

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  affairs  of  the 
Company  and  of  the  Group  as  at  31  December  2010  and  of  the  Group’s  profit  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  then 
ended  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting 
Standards Board and the disclosure requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

KPMG
Certified Public Accountants
8th Floor, Prince’s Building
10 Chater Road
Central, Hong Kong

22 March 2011

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

90

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

at 31 December 2010 (Amounts in millions)

Note

2010
RMB

2009
RMB

ASSETS
Non-current assets
  Property, plant and equipment, net
  Construction in progress
  Lease prepayments
  Goodwill

Intangible assets
Interests in associates
Investments

  Deferred tax assets
  Other assets

  Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Income tax recoverable
  Accounts receivable, net
  Prepayments and other current assets
  Time deposits with original maturity over three months
  Cash and cash equivalents

  Total current assets

  Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Short-term debt
  Current portion of long-term debt
  Accounts payable
  Accrued expenses and other payables

Income tax payables

  Current portion of finance lease obligations
  Current portion of deferred revenues

  Total current liabilities

  Net current liabilities

  Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
  Long-term debt
  Deferred revenues
  Deferred tax liabilities

  Total non-current liabilities

  Total liabilities

3
4

5
6
8
9
10
18

11

12
13

14

15
15
16
17

18

15
18
10

275,248
14,445
5,377
29,920
9,968
1,123
854
10,779
4,396

286,328
11,567
5,517
29,922
12,311
997
722
12,898
5,322

352,110

365,584

3,170
1,882
17,328
5,073
1,968
25,824

55,245

2,628
1,714
17,438
3,910
442
34,804

60,936

407,355

426,520

20,675
10,352
40,039
52,885
327
–
2,645

51,650
1,487
34,321
52,193
395
18
3,417

126,923

143,481

(71,678)

(82,545)

280,432

283,039

42,549
3,558
2,361

48,468

52,768
5,045
2,613

60,426

175,391

203,907

The notes on pages 98 to 146 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

91

Equity
  Share capital
  Reserves

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interests

  Total equity

  Total liabilities and equity

at 31 December 2010 (Amounts in millions)

Note

19
20

2010
RMB

2009
RMB

80,932
150,536

231,468
496

80,932
140,800

221,732
881

231,964

222,613

407,355

426,520

Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 22 March 2011.

Wang Xiaochu
Chairman 
and 
Chief Executive Officer

Shang Bing
Executive Director, 
President 
and 
Chief Operating Officer

Wu Andi
Executive Director,
Executive Vice President
and 
Chief Financial Officer

The notes on pages 98 to 146 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

92

Statement of Financial Position

at 31 December 2010 (Amounts in millions)

Note

2010
RMB

2009
RMB

ASSETS
Non-current assets
  Property, plant and equipment, net
  Construction in progress
  Lease prepayments
  Goodwill

Intangible assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Interests in associates
Investments

  Deferred tax assets
  Other assets

  Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Income tax recoverable
  Accounts receivable, net
  Prepayments and other current assets
  Time deposits with original maturity over three months
  Cash and cash equivalents

  Total current assets

  Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Short-term debt
  Current portion of long-term debt
  Accounts payable
  Accrued expenses and other payables

Income tax payables

  Current portion of finance lease obligations
  Current portion of deferred revenues

  Total current liabilities

  Net current liabilities

  Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
  Long-term debt
  Deferred revenues
  Deferred tax liabilities

  Total non-current liabilities

  Total liabilities

3
4

5
6
7
8
9
10
18

11

12
13

14

15
15
16
17

18

15
18
10

273,845
14,243
5,373
29,877
9,852
5,272
777
849
10,679
4,367

283,628
11,475
5,513
29,877
12,201
8,555
736
148
12,815
5,272

355,134

370,220

2,000
1,878
15,923
4,720
373
19,939

44,833

1,739
1,711
16,230
3,805
135
27,526

51,146

399,967

421,366

20,675
10,352
37,620
51,225
198
–
2,645

51,650
1,487
32,183
52,713
215
18
3,412

122,715

141,678

(77,882)

(90,532)

277,252

279,688

42,549
3,558
2,262

48,369

52,768
5,045
2,501

60,314

171,084

201,992

The notes on pages 98 to 146 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Statement of Financial Position

93

at 31 December 2010 (Amounts in millions)

Note

19
20

2010
RMB

2009
RMB

80,932
147,951

80,932
138,442

228,883

219,374

399,967

421,366

Equity
  Share capital
  Reserves

  Total equity

  Total liabilities and equity

Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 22 March 2011.

Wang Xiaochu
Chairman 
and 
Chief Executive Officer

Shang Bing
Executive Director, 
President 
and 
Chief Operating Officer

Wu Andi
Executive Director,
Executive Vice President
and 
Chief Financial Officer

The notes on pages 98 to 146 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

94

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 31 December 2010 (Amounts in millions, except per share data)

Operating revenues

Operating expenses
  Depreciation and amortisation
  Network operations and support
  Selling, general and administrative
  Personnel expenses
  Other operating expenses

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

  Total operating expenses

Operating profit

Net finance costs

Investment income

Share of profits of associates

Profit before taxation

Income tax

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year:
  Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities
  Deferred tax on change in fair value of available-for-sale 

  equity securities

  Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of 

  subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

  Share of other comprehensive income from associates

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Note

21

2010
RMB

2009
RMB

219,864

209,370

22
23
3

24

25

(51,656)
(47,288)
(42,130)
(35,529)
(19,106)
(139)

(52,243)
(42,903)
(40,507)
(32,857)
(17,449)
(753)

(195,848)

(186,712)

24,016

22,658

(3,600)

(4,375)

361

131

791

101

20,908

19,175

26

(5,031)

(4,549)

15,877

14,626

132

(48)

(48)
(25)

11

538

(120)

(2)
–

416

Total comprehensive income for the year

15,888

15,042

Profit attributable to:
  Equity holders of the Company
  Non-controlling interests

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
  Equity holders of the Company
  Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income for the year

Basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares (in millions)

15,759
118

15,877

15,770
118

15,888

0.19

14,422
204

14,626

14,763
279

15,042

0.18

80,932

80,932

31

31

The notes on pages 98 to 146 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

95

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

for the year ended 31 December 2010 (Amounts in millions)

  Attributable to equity holders of the Company

Share 
capital
RMB

80,932
–
–

Capital 
reserve
RMB

(2,804)
–
–

Share 
premium
RMB

10,746
–
–

Re-
valuation 
reserve
RMB

Statutory 
reserves
RMB

Other 
reserves
RMB

Exchange 
reserve
RMB

Retained 
earnings
RMB

Non-
controlling 
interests
RMB

Total
RMB

Total 
equity
RMB

11,410
–
–

56,085
–
–

2,586
–
343

(665)
–
(2)

54,746
14,422
–

213,036
14,422
341

1,512
204
75

214,548
14,626
416

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

343

(2)

14,422

14,763

279

15,042

–
(547)
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
4,521

125
–
(147)
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(125)
547
147
–
–
(6,067)
(4,521)

–
–
–
–
–
(6,067)
–

–
–
–
(867)
(43)
–
–

–
–
–
(867)
(43)
(6,067)
–

Balance as at 1 January 2009
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of
  property, plant and equipment realised
Revaluation surplus realised
Deferred tax on land use rights realised
Distributions to non-controlling interests
Disposal of a subsidiary
Dividends
Appropriations

Note

30
20

Balance as at 31 December 2009

80,932

(2,804)

10,746

10,863

60,606

2,907

(667)

59,149

221,732

881

222,613

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of 
  property, plant and equipment realised
Revaluation surplus realised
Deferred tax on land use rights realised
Distributions to non-controlling interests
Acquisition of non-controlling interests
Disposal of a subsidiary
Dividends
Appropriations

30
20

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
(524)
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,028

–
59

59

118
–
(168)
–
(3)
–
–
–

–
(48)

15,759
–

15,759
11

(48)

15,759

15,770

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(118)
524
168
–
–
–
(6,031)
(2,028)

–
–
–
–
(3)
–
(6,031)
–

118
–

118

–
–
–
(110)
(41)
(352)
–
–

15,877
11

15,888

–
–
–
(110)
(44)
(352)
(6,031)
–

Balance as at 31 December 2010

80,932

(2,804)

10,746

10,339

62,634

2,913

(715)

67,423

231,468

496

231,964

The notes on pages 98 to 146 form part of these financial statements.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

96

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 31 December 2010 (Amounts in millions)

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from/(used in) investing activities
  Capital expenditure
  Purchase of investments
  Lease prepayments
  Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
  Proceeds from disposal of lease prepayments
  Proceeds from disposal of investments
  Purchase of time deposits with maturity over three months
  Maturity of time deposits with maturity over three months
  Payment of purchase price for the acquisition of CDMA business, 

  net of cash acquired

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from/(used in) financing activities
  Principal element of finance lease payments
  Proceeds from bank and other loans
  Proceeds from issuance of medium-term notes
  Repayments of bank and other loans
  Repayment of short-term commercial papers
  Repayment of amount due to China Telecommunications 
  Corporation in connection with the Second Acquisition

  Payment of dividends
  Distribution to China Telecommunications Corporation in 

  connection with the Fourth Acquisition

  Payment for acquisition of non-controlling interests
  Net cash distributions to non-controlling interests

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Note

(a)

2010
RMB

2009
RMB

75,571

74,988

(41,597)
(41)
(111)
2,738
176
1
(1,968)
442

(40,311)
(23)
(94)
393
380
735
(442)
397

(5,374)

(4,290)

(45,734)

(43,255)

(18)
53,518
–
(86,001)
–

–
(5,608)

(535)
(27)
(100)

(22)
88,958
29,906
(111,084)
(10,000)

(15,150)
(6,493)

–
–
(908)

(38,771)

(24,793)

(8,934)
34,804
(46)

6,940
27,866
(2)

25,824

34,804

1

The notes on pages 98 to 146 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

97

(a)  Reconciliation of profit before taxation to net cash from operating activities

for the year ended 31 December 2010 (Amounts in millions)

Profit before taxation
Adjustments for:
  Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment
Impairment losses for doubtful debts

  Write down of inventory

Investment income

  Share of profits of associates

Interest income
Interest expense

  Unrealised foreign exchange loss/(gain)

(Gain)/loss on retirement and disposal of property, 
  plant and equipment

Operating profit before changes in working capital

Increase in accounts receivable
Increase in inventories
Increase in prepayments and other current assets

  Decrease in other assets

Increase in accounts payable
Increase in accrued expenses and other payables

  Decrease in deferred revenues

Cash generated from operations

Interest received
Interest paid
Investment income received
Income tax paid

2010
RMB

2009
RMB

20,908

19,175

51,656
139
1,593
87
(361)
(131)
(287)
3,795
92

52,243
753
1,791
108
(791)
(101)
(282)
4,724
(67)

(435)

1,352

77,056
(1,475)
(629)
(1,203)
928
4,120
6,003
(2,259)

82,541
292
(3,824)
10
(3,448)

78,905
(1,906)
(175)
(78)
1,290
2,178
7,105
(2,982)

84,337
271
(5,053)
58
(4,625)

Net cash from operating activities

75,571

74,988

The notes on pages 98 to 146 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

98 Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

1.  PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANISATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Principal activities
China  Telecom  Corporation  Limited  (the  “Company”)  and  its  subsidiaries  (hereinafter,  collectively  referred  to 
as  the  “Group”)  offers  a  comprehensive  range  of  wireline  and  mobile  telecommunications  services  including 
wireline  voice,  mobile  voice,  Internet,  managed  data  and  leased  line,  value-added  services,  integrated 
information application services and other related services. The Group provides wireline telecommunications 
services  and  related  services  in  Beijing  Municipality,  Shanghai  Municipality,  Guangdong  Province,  Jiangsu 
Province,  Zhejiang  Province,  Anhui  Province,  Fujian  Province,  Jiangxi  Province,  Guangxi  Zhuang  Autonomous 
Region,  Chongqing  Municipality,  Sichuan  Province,  Hubei  Province,  Hunan  Province,  Hainan  Province,  Guizhou 
Province,  Yunnan  Province,  Shaanxi  Province,  Gansu  Province,  Qinghai  Province,  Ningxia  Hui  Autonomous 
Region,  Xinjiang  Uygur  Autonomous  Region  and  Hong  Kong  Special  Administrative  Region  of  the  People’s 
Republic  of  China  (the  “PRC”).  Following  the  acquisition  of  Code  Division  Multiple  Access  (“CDMA”)  mobile 
communication  business  in  October  2008,  the  Group  also  provides  nation-wide  mobile  telecommunications 
and  related  services  in  the  mainland  of  the  PRC  and  the  Macau  Special  Administrative  Region  of  the  PRC. 
The Group also provides leased line and other related services in certain countries of the Asia Pacific, South 
America and North America regions.

The  operations  of  the  Group  in  the  mainland  PRC  are  subject  to  the  supervision  and  regulation  by  the 
PRC  government.  The  Ministry  of  Industry  and  Information  Technology  of  the  PRC  (hereinafter  “MIIT”), 
pursuant  to  the  authority  delegated  to  it  by  the  PRC  State  Council,  is  responsible  for  formulating  the 
telecommunications  industry  policies  and  regulations,  including  the  regulation  and  setting  of  tariff  levels  for 
basic  telecommunications  services,  such  as  wireline  and  mobile  local  and  long  distance  telephony  services, 
managed data services, leased line, roaming and interconnection arrangements.

Organisation
As  part  of  the  reorganisation  (the  “Restructuring”)  of  China  Telecommunications  Corporation,  the  Company 
was  incorporated  in  the  PRC  on  10  September  2002.  In  connection  with  the  Restructuring,  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation  transferred  to  the  Company  the  wireline  telecommunications  business 
and  related  operations  in  Shanghai  Municipality,  Guangdong  Province,  Jiangsu  Province  and  Zhejiang 
Province  together  with  the  related  assets  and  liabilities  (the  “Predecessor  Operations”)  in  consideration  for 
68,317  million  ordinary  domestic  shares  of  the  Company.  The  shares  issued  to  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation  have  a  par  value  of  RMB1.00  each  and  represented  the  entire  registered  and  issued  share 
capital of the Company at that date.

On  31  December  2003,  the  Company  acquired  the  entire  equity  interests  in  Anhui  Telecom  Company 
Limited,  Fujian  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Jiangxi  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Guangxi  Telecom  Company 
Limited,  Chongqing  Telecom  Company  Limited  and  Sichuan  Telecom  Company  Limited  (collectively  the  “First 
Acquired  Group”)  and  certain  network  management  and  research  and  development  facilities  from  China 
Telecommunications Corporation for a total purchase price of RMB46,000 million (hereinafter, referred to as 
the “First Acquisition”).

On  30  June  2004,  the  Company  acquired  the  entire  equity  interests  in  Hubei  Telecom  Company  Limited, 
Hunan  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Hainan  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Guizhou  Telecom  Company  Limited, 
Yunnan  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Shaanxi  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Gansu  Telecom  Company  Limited, 
Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited 
(collectively  the  “Second  Acquired  Group”)  from  China  Telecommunications  Corporation  for  a  total  purchase 
price of RMB27,800 million (hereinafter, referred to as the “Second Acquisition”).

On  30  June  2007,  the  Company  acquired  the  entire  equity  interests  in  China  Telecom  System  Integration 
Co., Ltd. (“CTSI”), China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited (“CT (HK)”) and China Telecom (Americas) 
Corporation  (“CT  Americas”)  (collectively  the  “Third  Acquired  Group”)  from  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation  for  a  total  purchase  price  of  RMB1,408  million  (hereinafter,  referred  to  as  the  “Third 
Acquisition”).

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

99

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

1.  PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANISATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION 

(continued)

Organisation (continued)
On  30  June  2008,  the  Company  acquired  the  entire  equity  interest  in  China  Telecom  Group  Beijing 
Corporation  (“Beijing  Telecom”  or  the  “Four th  Acquired  Company”)  from  China  Telecommunications 
Corporation  for  a  total  purchase  price  of  RMB5,557  million  (hereinafter,  referred  to  as  the  “Fourth 
Acquisition”).

As at 31 December 2009, the purchase price of the above acquisitions was fully settled.

Hereinafter,  the  First  Acquired  Group,  the  Second  Acquired  Group,  the  Third  Acquired  Group  and  the  Fourth 
Acquired Company are collectively referred to as the “Acquired Groups”.

Basis of presentation
Since the Group is under common control of China Telecommunications Corporation, the Group’s acquisitions 
of  the  Acquired  Group  have  been  accounted  for  as  a  combination  of  entities  under  common  control  in  a 
manner  similar  to  a  pooling-of-interests.  Accordingly,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  these  entities  have  been 
accounted  for  at  historical  amounts  and  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Group  prior  to  the 
acquisitions  are  combined  with  the  financial  statements  of  the  Acquired  Groups.  The  considerations  for  the 
acquisition  of  these  entities  are  accounted  for  as  an  equity  transaction  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
changes in equity.

Merger with subsidiaries
Pursuant  to  the  resolution  passed  by  the  Company’s  shareholders  at  an  Extraordinary  General  Meeting  held 
on 25 February 2008, the Company entered into merger agreements with each of the following subsidiaries: 
Shanghai  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Guangdong  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Jiangsu  Telecom  Company 
Limited,  Zhejiang  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Anhui  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Fujian  Telecom  Company 
Limited,  Jiangxi  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Guangxi  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Chongqing  Telecom  Company 
Limited,  Sichuan  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Hubei  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Hunan  Telecom  Company 
Limited,  Hainan  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Guizhou  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Yunnan  Telecom  Company 
Limited,  Shaanxi  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Gansu  Telecom  Company  Limited,  Qinghai  Telecom  Company 
Limited,  Ningxia  Telecom  Company  Limited  and  Xinjiang  Telecom  Company  Limited.  In  addition,  the  Company 
entered into merger agreements with Beijing Telecom on 1 July 2008. Pursuant to these merger agreements, 
the  Company  merged  with  these  subsidiaries  and  the  assets,  liabilities  and  business  operations  of  these 
subsidiaries were transferred to the Company’s branches in the respective regions.

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a)  Basis of preparation

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial 
Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”).  IFRS 
includes International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and interpretations. These financial statements also 
comply  with  the  disclosure  requirements  of  the  Hong  Kong  Companies  Ordinance  and  the  applicable 
disclosure  provisions  of  the  Rules  Governing  the  Listing  of  Securities  on  the  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong 
Kong Limited.

These  financial  statements  are  prepared  on  the  historical  cost  basis  as  modified  by  the  revaluation  of 
certain  property,  plant  and  equipment  (Note  2(g))  and  available-for-sale  equity  securities  (Note  2(m)). 
The accounting policies described below have been consistently applied by the Group.

The  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS  requires  management  to  make 
judgements,  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  application  of  policies  and  the  reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the 
financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors 
that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis 
of  making  the  judgments  about  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent 
from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

100

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(a)  Basis of preparation (continued)

The  estimates  and  underlying  assumptions  are  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Revisions  to  accounting 
estimates  are  recognised  in  the  period  in  which  the  estimate  is  revised  if  the  revision  affects  only  that 
period  or  in  the  period  of  the  revision  and  future  periods  if  the  revision  affects  both  current  and  future 
periods.

Judgements made by management in the application of IFRS that have significant effect on the financial 
statements and major sources of estimation uncertainty are discussed in Note 38.

The  IASB  has  issued  a  number  of  new  and  revised  IFRS  and  Interpretations  that  are  effective  for 
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2010. The Group has adopted these new and revised 
IFRS  in  the  preparation  of  the  Group’s  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2010,  but 
has not applied any new and revised IFRS that is not yet effective for the current accounting period (Note 
39).  The  adoption  of  Amendments  to  IAS  27  “Consolidated  and  separate  financial  statements”  has 
resulted  in  a  change  in  the  presentation  of  the  financial  statements.  The  term  “minority  interest”  has 
been changed to “non-controlling interest” in these financial statements.

(b)  Basis of consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  comprise  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  and  the  Group’s 
interests in associates. 

A  subsidiary  is  an  entity  controlled  by  the  Company.  Control  exists  when  the  Company  has  the  power, 
directly  or  indirectly,  to  govern  the  financial  and  operating  policies  of  an  entity  so  as  to  obtain  benefits 
from its activities.

The financial results of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date 
that  control  commences  until  the  date  that  control  ceases,  and  the  profit  attributable  to  non-controlling 
interests  is  separately  presented  on  the  face  of  the  consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive  income 
as  an  allocation  of  the  profit  or  loss  for  the  year  between  the  non-controlling  interests  (“previously 
known  as  “minority  interests”)  and  the  equity  holders  of  the  Company.  Non-controlling  interests 
represent  the  equity  in  subsidiaries  not  attributable  directly  or  indirectly  to  the  Company.  For  each 
business  combination,  the  Group  measure  the  non-controlling  interests  at  fair  value  of  the  subsidiary’s 
net  identifiable  assets.  Non-controlling  interests  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  are  presented  in 
the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  within  equity  and  consolidated  statement  of  changes 
in  equity,  separately  from  the  equity  of  the  Company’s  equity  holders.  Changes  in  the  Group’s  interests 
in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions, whereby 
adjustments  are  made  to  the  amounts  of  controlling  and  non-controlling  interests  within  consolidated 
equity  to  reflect  the  change  in  relative  interests,  but  no  adjustments  are  made  to  goodwill  and  no  gain 
or  loss  is  recognised.  When  the  Group  loses  control  of  a  subsidiary,  it  is  accounted  for  as  a  disposal 
of  the  entire  interest  in  that  subsidiary,  with  a  resulting  gain  or  loss  being  recognised  in  profit  or  loss. 
Any  interest  retained  in  that  former  subsidiary  at  the  date  when  control  is  lost  is  recognised  at  fair 
value  and  this  amount  is  regarded  as  the  fair  value  on  initial  recognition  of  a  financial  asset  or,  when 
appropriate, the cost on initial recognition of an investment in an associate or jointly controlled entity.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

101

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(b)  Basis of consolidation (continued)

An associate is an entity, not being a subsidiary, in which the Group exercises significant influence, but 
not  control,  over  its  management.  Significant  influence  is  the  power  to  participate  in  the  financial  and 
operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control over those policies.

An  investment  in  an  associate  is  accounted  for  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  under  the 
equity  method  and  is  initially  recorded  at  cost,  adjusted  for  any  excess  of  the  Group’s  share  of  the 
acquisition-date  fair  values  of  the  investee’s  net  identifiable  assets  over  the  cost  of  the  investment  (if 
any). Thereafter, the investment is adjusted for the Group’s equity share of the post-acquisition changes 
in the associate’s net assets. When the Group ceases to have significant influence over an associate, it 
is accounted for as a disposal of the entire interest in that investee, with a resulting gain or loss being 
recognised  in  profit  or  loss.  Any  interest  retained  in  that  former  investee  at  the  date  when  significant 
influence  is  lost  is  recognised  at  fair  value  and  this  amount  is  regarded  as  the  fair  value  on  initial 
recognition of a financial asset.

All  significant  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  and  any  unrealised  gains  arising  from 
intercompany  transactions  are  eliminated  on  consolidation.  Unrealised  gains  arising  from  transactions 
with  associates  are  eliminated  to  the  extent  of  the  Group’s  interest  in  the  entity.  Unrealised  losses 
are  eliminated  in  the  same  way  as  unrealised  gains,  but  only  to  the  extent  that  there  is  no  evidence  of 
impairment.

(c)  Translation of foreign currencies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in Renminbi (“RMB”). The functional 
currency  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  in  mainland  PRC  is  RMB.  The  functional  currency  of 
CT  (HK),  CT  Americas,  China  Telecom  (Macau)  Company  Limited  (“CT  Macau”)  and  China  Telecom 
(Singapore)  Pte.  Limited  (“CT  Singapore”)  is  Hong  Kong  dollars  (HK$),  US  dollars  (US$),  Macau  Pataca 
(MOP)  and  Singapore  dollars  (S$)  respectively.  Transactions  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the 
functional  currency  during  the  year  are  translated  into  the  functional  currency  at  the  applicable  rates 
of  exchange  prevailing  on  the  transaction  dates.  Foreign  currency  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  are 
translated  into  the  functional  currency  using  the  applicable  exchange  rates  at  the  end  of  the  reporting 
period.  The  resulting  exchange  differences,  other  than  those  capitalised  as  construction  in  progress 
(Note  2(i)),  are  recognised  as  income  or  expense  in  profit  or  loss.  For  the  periods  presented,  no 
exchange differences were capitalised.

When  preparing  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  results  of  operations  of  CT  (HK),  CT 
Americas,  CT  Macau  and  CT  Singapore  are  translated  into  Renminbi  at  average  rate  prevailing  during 
the  year.  Statement  of  financial  position  items  of  CT  (HK),  CT  Americas,  CT  Macau  and  CT  Singapore 
are  translated  into  Renminbi  at  the  foreign  exchange  rates  ruling  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period. 
The  resulting  exchange  differences  are  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated 
separately in equity in the exchange reserve.

(d)  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  at  bank  and  in  hand  and  time  deposits  with  original 
maturities  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased.  Cash  equivalents  are  stated  at  cost,  which 
approximates fair value. None of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents is restricted as to withdrawal.

(e)  Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and thereafter stated at amortised cost 
less  allowance  for  impairment  of  doubtful  debts  (Note  2(o))  unless  the  effect  of  discounting  would  be 
immaterial, in which case they are stated at cost.

(f)  Inventories

Inventories  consist  of  materials  and  supplies  used  in  maintaining  the  telecommunications  network  and 
goods for resale. Inventories are valued at cost using the specific identification method or the weighted 
average cost method, less a provision for obsolescence.

Inventories that are held for resale are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Net realisable 
value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  less  the  estimated  costs  of 
completion, the estimated costs to make the sale and the related tax expenses.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

102

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(g)  Property, plant and equipment 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  initially  recorded  at  cost,  less  subsequent  accumulated  depreciation 
and  impairment  losses  (Note  2(o)).  The  cost  of  an  asset  comprises  its  purchase  price,  any  directly 
attributable  costs  of  bringing  the  asset  to  working  condition  and  location  for  its  intended  use  and  the 
cost  of  borrowed  funds  used  during  the  periods  of  construction.  Expenditure  incurred  after  the  asset 
has been put into operation, including cost of replacing part of such an item, is capitalised only when it 
increases  the  future  economic  benefits  embodied  in  the  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  the 
cost can be measured reliably. All other expenditure is expensed as it is incurred.

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  carried  at  revalued  amount,  being  the  fair  value  at  the  date  of 
the  revaluation,  less  subsequent  accumulated  depreciation  and  impairment  losses.  When  an  item  of 
property, plant and equipment is revalued, any accumulated depreciation at the date of the revaluation is 
restated  proportionately  with  the  change  in  the  gross  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  so  that  the  carrying 
amount  of  the  asset  after  revaluation  equals  its  revalued  amount.  The  separate  classes  into  which 
the  Company  groups  assets  for  the  revaluation  are  buildings  and  improvements;  telecommunications 
network plant and equipment; and furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment. When an item 
of property, plant and equipment is revalued, the entire class of property, plant and equipment to which 
that  asset  belongs  is  revalued  simultaneously.  When  an  asset’s  carrying  amount  is  increased  as  a 
result  of  a  revaluation,  the  increase  is  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  in 
equity in the revaluation reserve. However, a revaluation increase is recognised as income to the extent 
that  it  reverses  a  revaluation  decrease  of  the  same  asset  previously  recognised  as  an  expense.  When 
an asset’s carrying amount is decreased as a result of a revaluation, the decrease is recognised as an 
expense  in  the  profit  or  loss.  However,  a  revaluation  decrease  is  charged  directly  against  any  related 
revaluation surplus to the extent that the decrease does not exceed the amount held in the revaluation 
reserve  in  respect  of  that  same  asset.  Revaluations  are  performed  with  sufficient  regularity  such  that 
the  carrying  amount  does  not  differ  materially  from  that  which  would  be  determined  using  fair  value 
at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  Revaluations  are  performed  annually  on  items  which  experience 
significant and volatile movements in fair value while items which experience insignificant movements in 
fair value are revalued every five years.

Assets  acquired  under  leasing  agreements  which  effectively  transfer  substantially  all  the  risks  and 
benefits  incidental  to  ownership  from  the  lessor  to  the  lessee  are  classified  as  assets  under  finance 
leases.  Assets  held  under  finance  leases  are  initially  recorded  at  amounts  equivalent  to  the  lower  of 
the  fair  value  of  the  leased  assets  at  the  inception  of  the  lease  or  the  present  value  of  the  minimum 
lease payments (computed using the rate of interest implicit in the lease). The net present value of the 
future  minimum  lease  payments  is  recorded  correspondingly  as  a  finance  lease  obligation.  Assets  held 
under  finance  leases  are  amortised  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  on  a  straight-line  basis.  As  at  31 
December  2010,  the  carrying  amount  of  assets  held  under  finance  leases  was  RMB64  million  (2009: 
RMB80 million).

Gains  or  losses  arising  from  retirement  or  disposal  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  determined 
as  the  difference  between  the  net  disposal  proceeds  and  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  and  are 
recognised as income or expense in the profit or loss on the date of disposal. On retirement or disposal 
of  a  revalued  asset,  the  related  revaluation  surplus  is  transferred  from  the  revaluation  reserve  to 
retained earnings.

Depreciation  is  provided  to  write  off  the  cost/revalued  amount  of  each  asset  over  its  estimated  useful 
life on a straight-line basis, after taking into account its estimated residual value, as follows:

Buildings and improvements
Telecommunications network plant and equipment
Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

  Depreciable lives 
primarily range from

8 to 30 years
6 to 10 years
5 to 10 years

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

103

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(g)  Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Where  parts  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  have  different  useful  lives,  the  cost  or 
valuation of the item is allocated on a reasonable basis between the parts and each part is depreciated 
separately. Both the useful life of an asset and its residual value are reviewed annually.

(h)  Lease prepayments

Lease prepayments represent land use rights paid. Land use rights are initially carried at cost and then 
charged  to  profit  or  loss  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  respective  periods  of  the  rights  which  range 
from 20 years to 70 years.

(i)  Construction in progress

Construction  in  progress  represents  buildings,  telecommunications  network  plant  and  equipment  and 
other  equipment  and  intangible  assets  under  construction  and  pending  installation,  and  is  stated  at 
cost  less  impairment  losses  (Note  2(o)).  The  cost  of  an  item  comprises  direct  costs  of  construction, 
capitalisation  of  interest  charge,  and  foreign  exchange  differences  on  related  borrowed  funds  to  the 
extent  that  they  are  regarded  as  an  adjustment  to  interest  charges  during  the  periods  of  construction. 
Capitalisation  of  these  costs  ceases  and  the  construction  in  progress  is  transferred  to  property,  plant 
and equipment and intangible assets when the asset is substantially ready for its intended use.

No depreciation is provided in respect of construction in progress.

(j)  Goodwill

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  cost  over  the  Group’s  interest  in  the  fair  value  of  the  net  assets 
acquired in the CDMA acquisition.

Goodwill  is  stated  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  Goodwill  is  allocated  to  cash-
generating  units  and  is  tested  annually  for  impairment  (Note  2(o)).  On  disposal  of  a  cash  generating 
unit during the year, any attributable amount of the goodwill is included in the calculation of the profit or 
loss on disposal.

(k)  Intangible assets

The  Group’s  intangible  assets  comprise  computer  software  and  customer  relationships  acquired  in  the 
CDMA business acquisition (Note 6).

Computer  software  that  is  not  an  integral  part  of  any  tangible  assets,  is  recorded  at  cost  less 
subsequent  accumulated  amortisation  and  impairment  losses  (Note  2(o)).  Amortisation  of  computer 
software  is  calculated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives,  which  mainly  range  from 
three to five years.

The  customer  relationships  acquired  in  the  CDMA  acquisition  are  recorded  at  the  acquisition-date  fair 
value and amortised on a straight-line basis over the expected customer relationship of five years.

(l)  Investments in subsidiaries

In  the  Company’s  stand-alone  statement  of  financial  position,  investments  in  subsidiaries  are  stated  at 
cost less impairment losses (Note 2(o)).

(m) Investments

Investments  in  available-for-sale  equity  securities  are  carried  at  fair  value  with  any  change  in  fair  value 
being  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  separately  in  equity.  When  these 
investments  are  derecognised  or  impaired,  the  cumulative  gain  or  loss  previously  recognised  in  other 
comprehensive  income  is  recognised  in  the  profit  or  loss.  Investments  in  equity  securities  that  do  not 
have  a  quoted  market  price  in  an  active  market  and  whose  fair  value  cannot  be  reliably  measured  are 
stated at cost less impairment losses (Note 2(o)).

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

104

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(n)  Operating lease charges

Where  the  Group  has  the  use  of  assets  held  under  operating  leases,  payments  made  under  the  leases 
are charged to profit or loss in equal instalments over the accounting periods covered by the lease term, 
except  where  an  alternative  basis  is  more  representative  of  the  pattern  of  benefits  to  be  derived  from 
the  leased  asset.  Lease  incentives  received  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  as  an  integral  part  of  the 
aggregate  net  lease  payments  made.  Contingent  rentals  are  charged  to  profit  or  loss  in  the  accounting 
period in which they are incurred.

(o)  Impairment

(i) 

Impairment of investments in equity securities and trade and other receivables
Investments  in  equity  securities  and  trade  and  other  receivables  are  reviewed  at  the  end  of  each 
reporting  period  to  determine  whether  there  is  objective  evidence  of  impairment.  If  such  evidence 
exists,  the  impairment  loss  is  measured  as  the  difference  between  the  asset’s  carrying  amount 
and  the  estimated  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  current  market  rate  of  return  for  a  similar 
financial  asset  where  the  effect  of  discounting  is  material,  and  is  recognised  as  an  expense  in 
profit or loss. Impairment losses for trade and other receivables are reversed through profit or loss 
if  in  a  subsequent  period  the  amount  of  the  impairment  losses  decreases.  Impairment  losses  for 
equity securities are not reversed.

(ii) 

Impairment of long-lived assets
The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Group’s  long-lived  assets,  including  property,  plant  and  equipment, 
intangible  assets  and  construction  in  progress  are  reviewed  periodically  to  determine  whether 
there  is  any  indication  of  impairment.  These  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  whenever  events  or 
changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  their  recorded  carrying  amounts  may  not  be  recoverable. 
For goodwill, the impairment testing is performed annually at each year end.

The  recoverable  amount  of  an  asset  or  cash-generating  unit  is  the  greater  of  its  value  in  use  and 
the  net  selling  price.  When  an  asset  does  not  generate  cash  flows  largely  independent  of  those 
from  other  assets,  the  recoverable  amount  is  determined  for  the  smallest  group  of  assets  that 
generates cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash-generating unit). In determining the value in use, 
expected  future  cash  flows  generated  by  the  assets  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using 
a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects  current  market  assessments  of  time  value  of  money  and  the 
risks  specific  to  the  asset.  The  goodwill  arising  from  a  business  combination,  for  the  purpose  of 
impairment  testing,  is  allocated  to  cash-generating  units  that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the 
synergies of the combination.

An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  if  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  or  its  cash-generating  unit 
exceeds  its  estimated  recoverable  amount.  Impairment  loss  is  recognised  as  an  expense  in  profit 
or  loss.  Impairment  loss  recognised  in  respect  of  cash-generating  units  is  allocated  first  to  reduce 
the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then to reduce the carrying amounts 
of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis.

The  Group  assesses  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  whether  there  is  any  indication  that  an 
impairment  loss  recognised  for  an  asset  in  prior  years  may  no  longer  exist.  An  impairment  loss  is 
reversed if there has been a favourable change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable 
amount.  A  subsequent  increase  in  the  recoverable  amount  of  an  asset,  when  the  circumstances 
and  events  that  led  to  the  write-down  cease  to  exist,  is  recognised  as  an  income  in  profit  or  loss. 
The  reversal  is  reduced  by  the  amount  that  would  have  been  recognised  as  depreciation  and 
amortisation  had  the  write-down  not  occurred.  For  the  years  presented,  no  reversal  of  impairment 
loss was recognised in profit or loss. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

105

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(p)  Revenue recognition

The revenue recognition methods of the Group are as follows:

(i)  Revenue derived from local, DLD and ILD usage are recognised as the services are provided.

(ii)  Upfront  fees  received  for  activation  of  wireline  services  and  wireline  installation  charges  are 
deferred  and  recognised  over  the  expected  customer  relationship  period.  The  direct  costs 
associated  with  the  installation  of  wireline  services  are  deferred  to  the  extent  of  the  upfront  fees 
and are amortised over the same expected customer relationship period.

(iii)  Monthly  service  fees  are  recognised  in  the  month  during  which  the  services  are  provided  to 

customers.

(iv)  Revenue from sale of prepaid calling cards are recognised as the cards are used by customers.

(v)  Revenue  derived  from  value-added  services  are  recognised  when  the  services  are  provided  to 

customers.

(vi)  Revenue  from  the  provision  of  Internet  and  managed  data  services  are  recognised  when  the 

services are provided to customers.

(vii)  Interconnection fees from domestic and foreign telecommunications operators are recognised when 

the services are rendered as measured by the minutes of traffic processed.

(viii) Lease income from operating leases is recognised over the term of the lease.

(ix)  Revenue derived from integrated information application services are recognised when the services 

are provided to customers.

(x)  Sale  of  equipment  is  recognised  on  delivery  of  the  equipment  to  customers  and  when  the 

significant risks and rewards of ownership and title have been transferred to the customers.

(q)  Advertising and promotion expense

The  costs  for  advertising  and  promoting  the  Group’s  telecommunications  services  are  expensed  as 
incurred.  Advertising  and  promotion  expense,  which  is  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative 
expenses, was RMB23,363 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 (2009: RMB22,360 million).

(r)  Net finance costs

Net finance costs comprise interest income on bank deposits, interest costs on borrowings, and foreign 
exchange  gains  and  losses.  Interest  income  from  bank  deposits  is  recognised  as  it  accrues  using  the 
effective interest method.

Interest  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  borrowings  are  calculated  using  the  effective  interest 
method  and  are  expensed  as  incurred,  except  to  the  extent  that  they  are  capitalised  as  being  directly 
attributable  to  the  construction  of  an  asset  which  necessarily  takes  a  substantial  period  of  time  to  get 
ready for its intended use.

(s)  Research and development expense

Research  and  development  expenditure  is  expensed  as  incurred.  For  the  year  ended  31  December 
2010, research and development expense was RMB540 million (2009: RMB545 million).

(t)  Employee benefits

The  Group’s  contributions  to  defined  contribution  retirement  plans  administered  by  the  PRC  government 
are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Further information is set out in Note 36.

Compensation  expense  in  respect  of  the  stock  appreciation  rights  granted  is  accrued  as  a  charge  to 
the  profit  or  loss  over  the  applicable  vesting  period  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  stock  appreciation 
rights. The liability of the accrued compensation expense is re-measured to fair value at the end of each 
reporting  period  with  the  effect  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  liability  charged  or  credited  to  profit 
or loss. Further details of the Group’s stock appreciation rights scheme are set out in Note 37.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

106

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

(u)  Interest-bearing borrowings

Interest-bearing  borrowings  are  recognised  initially  at  fair  value  less  attributable  transaction  costs. 
Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  interest-bearing  borrowings  are  stated  at  amortised  cost  with  any 
difference between the amount initially recognised and the redemption value recognised in profit or loss 
over the period of the borrowings, together with any interest, using the effective interest method.

(v)  Trade and other payables

Trade  and  other  payables  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  and  thereafter  stated  at  amortised  cost 
unless the effect of discounting would be immaterial, in which case they are stated at cost.

(w) Provisions and contingent liabilities

A provision is recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position when the Group has a legal 
or  constructive  obligation  as  a  result  of  a  past  event,  and  it  is  probable  that  an  outflow  of  economic 
benefits  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation.  Where  the  time  value  of  money  is  material,  provisions 
are stated at the present value of the expenditure expected to settle the obligation.

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be 
estimated  reliably,  the  obligation  is  disclosed  as  a  contingent  liability,  unless  the  probability  of  outflow 
of  economic  benefits  is  remote.  Possible  obligations,  whose  existence  will  only  be  confirmed  by  the 
occurrence  or  non-occurrence  of  one  or  more  future  events,  are  also  disclosed  as  contingent  liabilities 
unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

(x)  Income tax

Income  tax  for  the  year  comprises  current  tax  and  movement  in  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities. 
Income  tax  is  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  except  to  the  extent  that  it  relates  to  items  recognised 
in  other  comprehensive  income,  in  which  case  the  relevant  amounts  of  tax  are  recognised  in  other 
comprehensive  income.  Current  tax  is  the  expected  tax  payable  on  the  taxable  income  for  the  year, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period, and any adjustment 
to  tax  payable  in  respect  of  previous  years.  Deferred  tax  is  provided  using  the  balance  sheet  liability 
method,  providing  for  all  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities 
for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  their  tax  bases.  The  amount  of  deferred  tax  is  calculated  on  the 
basis  of  the  enacted  or  substantively  enacted  tax  rates  that  are  expected  to  apply  in  the  period  when 
the asset is realised or the liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in tax rates is 
charged or credited to profit or loss, except for the effect of a change in tax rate on the carrying amount 
of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  which  were  previously  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income, 
in such case the effect of a change in tax rate is also recognised in other comprehensive income.

A  deferred  tax  asset  is  recognised  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  future  taxable  income  will 
be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that 
it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

(y)  Dividends

Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are declared.

(z)  Segmental reporting

An operating segment is a component of an entity in business activities from which revenues are earned 
and  expenses  are  incurred,  and  is  identified  on  the  basis  of  the  internal  financial  reports  that  are 
provided  to  and  regularly  reviewed  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  in  order  to  allocate  resource 
and  assess  performance  of  the  segment.  For  the  periods  presented,  management  has  determined  that 
the Group has no operating segments as the Group is only engaged in an integrated telecommunication 
business. The location of the Group’s assets and operating revenues derived from activities outside the 
PRC are less than 1% of the Group’s assets and operating revenues, respectively. No geographical area 
information has been presented as such amount is immaterial.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

107

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

3.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

The Group:

Telecom-
munications 
network 
plant and 
equipment
RMB millions

Furniture, 
fixture, 
motor vehicles 
and other 
equipment
RMB millions

Buildings and 
improvements
RMB millions

Total
RMB millions

Cost/valuation:
Balance at 1 January 2009
Additions
Transferred from construction in progress
Disposals
Reclassification

85,264
185
2,013
(293)
9

605,183
852
33,596
(17,535)
42

21,589
745
1,277
(1,330)
(51)

712,036
1,782
36,886
(19,158)
–

Balance at 31 December 2009

87,178

622,138

22,230

731,546

Additions
Transferred from construction in progress
Disposals
Reclassification

186
2,560
(553)
(46)

1,055
33,427
(18,091)
(47)

722
1,420
(1,458)
93

1,963
37,407
(20,102)
–

Balance at 31 December 2010

89,325

638,482

23,007

750,814

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:
Balance at 1 January 2009
Depreciation charge for the year
Provision for impairment
Written back on disposal
Reclassification

(23,513)
(3,643)
–
239
3

(375,933)
(42,889)
(753)
15,605
(21)

(13,431)
(2,165)
–
1,265
18

(412,877)
(48,697)
(753)
17,109
–

Balance at 31 December 2009

(26,914)

(403,991)

(14,313)

(445,218)

Depreciation charge for the year
Provision for impairment
Written back on disposal
Reclassification

(3,776)
(3)
415
42

(42,011)
(135)
15,923
50

(2,152)
(1)
1,392
(92)

(47,939)
(139)
17,730
–

Balance at 31 December 2010

(30,236)

(430,164)

(15,166)

(475,566)

Net book value at 31 December 2010

Net book value at 31 December 2009

59,089

60,264

208,318

218,147

7,841

7,917

275,248

286,328

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

108

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

3.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET (continued)

The Company:

Telecom-
munications
network 
plant and
equipment
RMB millions

Furniture, 
fixture, 
motor vehicles 
and other 
equipment
RMB millions

Buildings and 
improvements
RMB millions

Total
RMB millions

Cost/valuation:
Balance at 1 January 2009
Additions
Transferred from construction in progress
Disposals
Reclassification

84,348
172
1,967
(233)
27

599,745
771
33,474
(15,950)
32

20,866
688
1,201
(1,284)
(59)

704,959
1,631
36,642
(17,467)
–

Balance at 31 December 2009

86,281

618,072

21,412

725,765

Additions
Transferred from construction in progress
Disposals
Reclassification

659
2,518
(488)
(2)

1,936
33,335
(16,596)
24

693
1,387
(1,165)
(22)

3,288
37,240
(18,249)
–

Balance at 31 December 2010

88,968

636,771

22,305

748,044

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:
Balance at 1 January 2009
Depreciation charge for the year
Provision for impairment
Written back on disposal
Reclassification

(23,140)
(3,584)
–
190
(1)

(372,567)
(42,564)
(753)
14,179
(18)

(13,051)
(2,072)
–
1,225
19

(408,758)
(48,220)
(753)
15,594
–

Balance at 31 December 2009

(26,535)

(401,723)

(13,879)

(442,137)

Depreciation charge for the year
Provision for impairment
Written back on disposal
Reclassification

(3,707)
(3)
103
(2)

(41,686)
(135)
14,287
–

(2,029)
(1)
1,109
2

(47,422)
(139)
15,499
–

Balance at 31 December 2010

(30,144)

(429,257)

(14,798)

(474,199)

Net book value at 31 December 2010

Net book value at 31 December 2009

58,824

59,746

207,514

216,349

7,507

7,533

273,845

283,628

4.  CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS

Balance at 1 January 2009
Additions
Transferred to property, plant and equipment
Transferred to intangible assets

Balance at 31 December 2009

Additions
Transferred to property, plant and equipment
Transferred to intangible assets

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

109

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

  The Group
RMB millions

The Company
RMB millions

13,615
36,220
(36,886)
(1,382)

11,567

41,386
(37,407)
(1,101)

13,525
35,961
(36,642)
(1,369)

11,475

41,102
(37,240)
(1,094)

Balance at 31 December 2010

14,445

14,243

5.  GOODWILL

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

Cost:
Goodwill arising from acquisition of 
  CDMA business

29,920

29,922

29,877

29,877

On  1  October  2008,  the  Group  acquired  the  CDMA  mobile  communication  business  and  related  assets  and 
liabilities, which also included the entire equity interests of China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited (currently 
known  as  China  Telecom  (Macau)  Company  Limited)  and  99.5%  equity  interests  of  Unicom  Huasheng 
Telecommunications  Technology  Company  Limited  (currently  known  as  Tianyi  Telecom  Terminals  Company 
Limited)  (collectively  the  “CDMA  business”)  from  China  Unicom  Limited  (currently  known  as  China  Unicom 
(Hong  Kong)  Limited)  and  China  Unicom  Corporation  Limited  (currently  known  as  China  United  Network 
Communications  Corporation  Limited)  (collectively  “China  Unicom”).  The  purchase  price  of  the  business 
combination was RMB43,800 million which was fully settled as at 31 December 2010. In addition, pursuant 
to  the  acquisition  agreement,  the  Group  acquired  the  customer-related  assets  and  assumed  the  customer-
related  liabilities  of  CDMA  business  for  a  net  settlement  amount  of  RMB3,471  million  due  from  China 
Unicom.  This  amount  was  subsequently  settled  by  China  Unicom  in  2009.  The  business  combination  was 
accounted for using the purchase method.

The  goodwill  recognised  in  the  business  combination  is  attributable  to  the  skills  and  technical  talent  of  the 
acquired  business’s  workforce,  and  the  synergies  expected  to  be  achieved  from  integrating  and  combining 
the CDMA mobile communication business into the Group’s telecommunication business.

For  the  purpose  of  goodwill  impairment  testing,  the  goodwill  arising  from  the  acquisition  of  CDMA  business 
was  allocated  to  the  appropriate  cash-generating  unit  of  the  Group,  which  is  the  Group’s  telecommunication 
business.  The  recoverable  amount  of  the  Group’s  telecommunication  business  is  estimated  based  on  the 
value  in  use  model,  which  considers  the  Group’s  financial  budgets  covering  a  five-year  period  and  a  pre-tax 
discount  rate  of  11.2%.  Cash  flows  beyond  the  five-year  period  are  projected  to  perpetuity  at  annual  growth 
rate  of  1%.  Management  performed  impairment  tests  for  the  goodwill  and  determined  that  goodwill  was 
not  impaired.  Management  believes  any  reasonably  possible  change  in  the  key  assumptions  on  which  the 
recoverable amount is based would not cause its recoverable amount to be less than carrying amount.

Key assumptions used for the value in use calculation model are the number of subscribers, average revenue 
per  subscriber  and  gross  margin.  Management  determined  the  number  of  subscribers,  average  revenue  per 
subscriber and gross margin based on historical trends and financial information and operational data.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

110

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

6.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Group:

Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2009
Additions
Transferred from construction in progress
Disposals

Balance at 31 December 2009

Additions
Transferred from construction in progress
Disposals

Computer 
software
RMB millions

Customer 
relationships
RMB millions

Total
RMB millions

6,158
111
1,382
(64)

7,587

119
1,101
(182)

11,238
–
–
–

11,238

–
–
–

17,396
111
1,382
(64)

18,825

119
1,101
(182)

Balance at 31 December 2010

8,625

11,238

19,863

Accumulated amortisation:
Balance at 1 January 2009
Amortisation charge for the year
Provision for impairment
Written back on disposal

(2,599)
(1,162)
(3)
60

(562)
(2,248)
–
–

(3,161)
(3,410)
(3)
60

Balance at 31 December 2009

(3,704)

(2,810)

(6,514)

Amortisation charge for the year
Provision for impairment
Written back on disposal

(1,303)
(1)
171

(2,248)
–
–

(3,551)
(1)
171

Balance at 31 December 2010

(4,837)

(5,058)

(9,895)

Net book value at 31 December 2010

Net book value at 31 December 2009

3,788

3,883

6,180

8,428

9,968

12,311

6.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

The Company:

Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2009
Additions
Transferred from construction in progress
Disposals

Balance at 31 December 2009

Additions
Transferred from construction in progress
Disposals

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

111

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

Computer 
software
RMB millions

Customer 
relationships
RMB millions

Total
RMB millions

5,941
70
1,369
(60)

7,320

82
1,094
(148)

11,238
–
–
–

11,238

–
–
–

17,179
70
1,369
(60)

18,558

82
1,094
(148)

Balance at 31 December 2010

8,348

11,238

19,586

Accumulated amortisation:
Balance at 1 January 2009
Amortisation charge for the year
Provision for impairment
Written back on disposal

(2,470)
(1,131)
(3)
57

(562)
(2,248)
–
–

(3,032)
(3,379)
(3)
57

Balance at 31 December 2009

(3,547)

(2,810)

(6,357)

Amortisation charge for the year
Provision for impairment
Written back on disposal

(1,266)
(1)
138

(2,248)
–
–

(3,514)
(1)
138

Balance at 31 December 2010

(4,676)

(5,058)

(9,734)

Net book value at 31 December 2010

Net book value at 31 December 2009

3,672

3,773

6,180

8,428

9,852

12,201

7.  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

Unquoted investments, at cost

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

5,272

8,555

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

112

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

7.  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (continued)

Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries at 31 December 2010 are as follows:

Registered/

Issued capital

(in RMB millions 

Place of incorporation 

unless otherwise 

Name of Company

Type of legal entity

Date of incorporation

and operation

stated)

Principal activity

China Telecom System 

Limited Company

13 September 2001

PRC

392

Provision of system 

Integration Co., Limited

integration and consulting 

  services

China Telecom (Hong Kong) 

Limited Company

25 February 2000

Hong Kong Special 

HK$10,000

Provision of international 

International Limited

  Administrative Region 

  of the PRC

  value-added network 

  services

China Telecom (Americas) 

Limited Company

22 November 2001

The United States of 

US$43 million

Provision of 

  Corporation

  America

telecommunication services

China Telecom Best Tone 

Limited Company

15 August 2007

PRC

Information Service Co., 

  Limited

350

Provision of Best Tone 

information services

China Telecom (Macau) 

Limited Company

15 October 2004

Macau Special 

MOP60 million

Provision of 

  Company Limited

  Administrative Region 

  of the PRC

telecommunication services

Tianyi Telecom Terminals 

Limited Company

1 July 2005

PRC

500

Sales of telecommunications 

  Company Limited

terminals

China Telecom (Singapore) 

Limited Company

5 October 2006

Singapore

S$1

Provision of international 

  Pte. Limited

  value-added network 

  services

Besttone E-Commerce 

Limited Company

17 December 2010

PRC

100

Provision of e-commerce and 

  Co., Ltd.

  booking services

All of the above subsidiaries are directly or indirectly wholly-owned by the Company.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.  INTERESTS IN ASSOCIATES

Unlisted equity investments, at cost
Share of post-acquisition changes 

in net assets

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

113

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

385

738

1,123

344

653

997

777

–

777

736

–

736

The  Group’s  and  the  Company’s  interests  in  associates  are  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method  and  the 
cost method respectively, and are individually and in aggregate not material to the Group’s financial condition 
or results of operations for all periods presented. Details of the Group’s principal associates are as follows:

Name of company

Shenzhen Shekou Telecommunications 
  Company Limited

Attributable 
equity interest

Principal activities

50%

Provision of telecommunications services

Shanghai Information Investment 

Incorporation

24%

Provision of information technology 
  consultancy services

The above associates are established in the PRC and are not traded on any stock exchange.

9.  INVESTMENTS

Available-for-sale equity securities
Other unlisted equity investments

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

822
32

854

690
32

722

822
27

849

138
10

148

Unlisted equity investments mainly represent the Group’s and the Company’s various interests in PRC private 
enterprises  which  are  mainly  engaged  in  the  provision  of  information  technology  services  and  Internet 
contents.

 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

114

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

10. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position 
and statement of financial position and the movements are as follows:

The Group:

  Assets

Liabilities

Net balance

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

Current
Provisions and impairment losses, 
  primarily for doubtful debts
Non-current
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred revenues and installation costs
Land use rights
Available-for-sale equity securities

1,047

3,214
1,093
5,425
–

931

5,145
1,229
5,593
–

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

10,779

12,898

Movements in temporary differences are as follows:

Current
Provisions and impairment losses, 
  primarily for doubtful debts
Non-current
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred revenues and installation costs
Land use rights
Available-for-sale equity securities

Note

(i)

–

–

(1,520)
(660)
–
(181)

(2,361)

(1,748)
(732)
–
(133)

(2,613)

1,047

1,694
433
5,425
(181)

8,418

931

3,397
497
5,593
(133)

10,285

Balance at 
1 January 
2009
RMB millions

Recognised in 
statement of 
comprehensive 
income
RMB millions

Balance at 
31 December 
2009
RMB millions

726

205

931

4,756
603
5,740
(13)

(1,359)
(106)
(147)
(120)

3,397
497
5,593
(133)

Net deferred tax assets

11,812

(1,527)

10,285

Current
Provisions and impairment losses, 
  primarily for doubtful debts
Non-current
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred revenues and installation costs
Land use rights
Available-for-sale equity securities

Note

(i)

Balance at 
1 January 
2010
RMB millions

Recognised in 
statement of 
comprehensive 
income
RMB millions

Balance at 
31 December 
2010
RMB millions

931

116

1,047

3,397
497
5,593
(133)

(1,703)
(64)
(168)
(48)

1,694
433
5,425
(181)

8,418

Net deferred tax assets

10,285

(1,867)

 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

115

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

10. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

The Company:

Assets

Liabilities

Net balance

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

Current
Provisions and impairment losses, 
  primarily for doubtful debts
Non-current
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred revenues and installation costs
Land use rights
Available-for-sale equity securities

997

3,165
1,093
5,424
–

895

5,113
1,229
5,578
–

–

–

997

895

(1,512)
(660)
–
(90)

(1,742)
(732)
–
(27)

1,653
433
5,424
(90)

8,417

3,371
497
5,578
(27)

10,314

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

10,679

12,815

(2,262)

(2,501)

Movements in temporary differences are as follows:

Current
Provisions and impairment losses, 
  primarily for doubtful debts
Non-current
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred revenues and installation costs
Land use rights
Available-for-sale equity securities

Note

(i)

Balance at 
1 January 
2009
RMB millions

Recognised in 
statement of 
comprehensive 
income
RMB millions

Balance at 
31 December 
2009
RMB millions

695

200

895

4,724
587
5,725
(13)

(1,353)
(90)
(147)
(14)

3,371
497
5,578
(27)

Net deferred tax assets

11,718

(1,404)

10,314

Current
Provisions and impairment losses, 
  primarily for doubtful debts
Non-current
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred revenues and installation costs
Land use rights
Available-for-sale equity securities

Note

(i)

Balance at 
1 January 
2010
RMB millions

Recognised in 
statement of 
comprehensive 
income
RMB millions

Balance at 
31 December 
2010
RMB millions

895

102

997

3,371
497
5,578
(27)

(1,718)
(64)
(154)
(63)

1,653
433
5,424
(90)

8,417

Net deferred tax assets

10,314

(1,897)

Note:

(i) 

In  connection  with  the  Restructuring  and  the  Acquisitions,  the  land  use  rights  of  the  Predecessor  Operations,  the  First 
Acquired  Group  and  the  Second  Acquired  Group  were  revalued  as  required  by  the  relevant  PRC  rules  and  regulations.  The 
tax bases of the land use rights were adjusted to conform to such revalued amounts. The land use rights were not revalued 
for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  accordingly,  deferred  tax  assets  were  created  with  corresponding  increases  in  other 
comprehensive income in previous years and accumulated in shareholders’ equity under the caption of other reserves.

 
 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

116

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

11. INVENTORIES

Inventories represent:

Materials and supplies
Goods for resale

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

874
2,296

3,170

873
1,755

2,628

861
1,139

2,000

844
895

1,739

12. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net, are analysed as follows:

Note

(i)

Accounts receivable
  Third parties
  China Telecom Group
  Other state-controlled telecommunications 

  operators in the PRC

  Subsidiaries

Less:  Allowance for impairment 
  of doubtful debts

Note:

  The Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

17,466
1,182

704

–

17,767
917

827

–

16,398
565

692
223

16,692
552

820
160

19,352

19,511

17,878

18,224

(2,024)

(2,073)

(1,955)

(1,994)

17,328

17,438

15,923

16,230

(i) 

China Telecommunications Corporation together with its subsidiaries other than the Group are referred to as “China Telecom 

Group”.

The following table summarises the changes in allowance for impairment of doubtful debts:

At beginning of year
Allowance for impairment of doubtful 
  debts
Accounts receivable written off

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

2,073

2,118

1,994

2,022

1,567
(1,616)

1,787
(1,832)

1,553
(1,592)

1,780
(1,808)

At end of year

2,024

2,073

1,955

1,994

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

117

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

12. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (continued)

Ageing analysis of accounts receivable from telephone and Internet subscribers is as follows:

Current, within 1 month
1 to 3 months
4 to 12 months
More than 12 months

Less:  Allowance for impairment 
  of doubtful debts

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

10,769
2,049
1,384
495

14,697

10,895
2,067
1,514
499

14,975

10,665
2,033
1,374
492

14,564

10,807
1,992
1,507
498

14,804

(1,831)

(1,920)

(1,822)

(1,911)

12,866

13,055

12,742

12,893

Ageing  analysis  of  accounts  receivable  from  telecommunications  operators  and  enterprise  customers  is  as 
follows:

Current, within 1 month
1 to 3 months
4 to 12 months
More than 12 months

Less:  Allowance for impairment 
  of doubtful debts

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

1,844
1,161
998
652

4,655

(193)

4,462

1,918
1,071
922
625

4,536

(153)

4,383

1,481
756
633
444

3,314

(133)

3,181

1,582
839
567
432

3,420

(83)

3,337

Ageing analysis of accounts receivable that are not impaired are as follows:

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

Not past due

15,694

16,021

14,309

14,846

Less than 1 month past due
1 to 3 months past due

Amounts past due

1,086
548

1,634

869
548

1,417

1,074
540

1,614

852
532

1,384

17,328

17,438

15,923

16,230

Amounts  due  from  the  provision  of  telecommunications  services  to  customers  are  generally  due  within  30 
days from the date of billing.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

118

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

13. PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepayments and other current assets represent:

Amounts due from China Telecom Group
Amounts due from subsidiaries
Amounts due from other state-controlled 

telecommunications operators in the PRC
Prepayments in connection with construction 
  work and equipment purchases
Prepaid expenses and deposits
Other receivables

14. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash at bank and in hand
Time deposits with original maturity 
  within three months

  The Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

1,044
–

232

716
1,384
1,697

5,073

935
–

240

745
1,177
813

3,910

996
470

232

443
1,128
1,451

4,720

892
498

240

543
962
670

3,805

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

24,071

27,235

19,452

20,246

1,753

7,569

487

7,280

25,824

34,804

19,939

27,526

15. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Short-term debt comprises:

Loans from state-controlled banks 
  – unsecured
Other loans – unsecured
Loans from China Telecom Group 
  – unsecured

Total short-term debt

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

11,578
80

9,017

20,675

11,138
245

40,267

51,650

11,578
80

9,017

20,675

11,138
245

40,267

51,650

The  weighted  average  interest  rate  of  the  Group’s  and  the  Company’s  total  short-term  debt  as  at  31 
December 2010 was 4.3% (2009: 4.0%) and 4.3% (2009: 4.0%) respectively. As at 31 December 2010, the 
loans  from  state-controlled  banks  and  other  loans  bear  interest  at  rates  ranging  from  3.5%  to  5.8%  (2009: 
2.0%  to  7.5%)  per  annum  and  are  repayable  within  one  year;  the  loans  from  China  Telecom  Group  bear 
interest at fixed rates ranging from 3.9% (2009: 2.8% to 5.3%) per annum and are repayable within one year.

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

119

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

15. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

Long-term debt comprises:

Interest rates and final maturity

  The Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

Bank loans – unsecured
Renminbi denominated

Interest rates ranging from 3.60% 

279

1,362

279

1,362

to 7.04% per annum with 

  maturities through 2020

US Dollars denominated

Interest rates ranging from 1.00% 

733

816

733

816

to 8.30% per annum with 

  maturities through 2060

Japanese Yen denominated

Interest rates ranging from 1.49% 

1,447

1,609

1,447

1,609

to 2.37% per annum with 

  maturities through 2012

Euro denominated

Interest rates ranging from 2.30% 

559

658

559

658

to 4.75% per annum with 

  maturities through 2032

Other currencies denominated

36

40

36

40

Other loans – unsecured
Renminbi denominated

Medium-term notes 
  – unsecured (Note (i))

Total long-term debt

Less: current portion

Non-current portion

Note:

3,054

4,485

3,054

4,485

1

1

1

1

49,846

49,769

49,846

49,769

52,901

54,255

52,901

54,255

(10,352)

(1,487)

(10,352)

(1,487)

42,549

52,768

42,549

52,768

(i) 

On  22  April  2008,  the  Group  issued  three-year,  10  billion  RMB  denominated  medium-term  note  with  annual  interest  rate  of 

5.3%  per  annum.  On  23  October  2008,  the  Company  issued  five-year,  10  billion  RMB  denominated  medium-term  note  with 

annual  interest  rate  of  4.15%  per  annum.  On  16  November  2009,  the  Group  issued  three-year,  10  billion  RMB  denominated 

medium-term  note  with  annual  interest  rate  of  3.65%  per  annum.  On  28  December  2009,  the  Group  issued  two  batches  of 

five-year,  10  billion  RMB  denominated  medium-term  notes  with  annual  interest  rate  of  4.61%  per  annum.  All  of  the  above 

medium-term notes are unsecured.

 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

120

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

15. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

The  aggregate  maturities  of  the  Group’s  and  the  Company’s  long-term  debt  subsequent  to  31  December 
2010 are as follows:

Within 1 year
Between 1 to 2 years
Between 2 to 3 years
Between 3 to 4 years
Between 4 to 5 years
Thereafter

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

10,352
11,518
10,015
20,040
92
884

52,901

1,487
10,322
11,372
9,986
20,020
1,068

54,255

10,352
11,518
10,015
20,040
92
884

52,901

1,487
10,322
11,372
9,986
20,020
1,068

54,255

The Group’s short-term and long-term debt do not contain any financial covenants. As at 31 December 2010, 
the  Group  and  the  Company  has  unutilised  committed  credit  facilities  amounted  to  RMB98,576  million 
(2009: RMB102,555 million) and RMB98,576 million (2009: RMB102,555 million) respectively.

16. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

Accounts payable are analysed as follows:

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

Third parties
China Telecom Group
Other state-controlled telecommunications 
  operators in the PRC
Subsidiaries

30,838
8,571

630
–

26,402
7,526

393
–

27,697
8,021

629
1,273

23,291
7,396

390
1,106

40,039

34,321

37,620

32,183

Amounts  due  to  China  Telecom  Group  are  repayable  in  accordance  with  contractual  terms  which  are  similar 
to those terms offered by third parties.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

121

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

16. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE (continued)

Ageing analysis of accounts payable is as follows:

Due within 1 month or on demand
Due after 1 month but within 3 months
Due after 3 months but within 6 months
Due after 6 months

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

10,308
8,626
9,830
11,275

40,039

11,321
7,472
5,641
9,887

34,321

8,967
8,047
9,693
10,913

37,620

10,210
7,042
5,137
9,794

32,183

17. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER PAYABLES

Accrued expenses and other payables represent:

Amounts due to China Telecom Group
Amounts due to subsidiaries
Amounts due to other state-controlled 

telecommunications operators in the PRC

Accrued expenses
Customer deposits and receipts 

in advance
Dividend payable
Purchase price payable to China Unicom 
for the acquisition of CDMA business

  The Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

389
–

85
14,401

37,577
433

1,694
–

103
14,608

30,407
–

319
125

85
13,691

36,587
418

1,425
2,089

103
14,111

29,604
–

–

5,381

–

5,381

52,885

52,193

51,225

52,713

 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

122

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

18. DEFERRED REVENUES

Deferred  revenues  represent  the  unearned  portion  of  upfront  connection  fees  and  installation  fees  for 
wireline  services  received  from  customers  and  the  unused  portion  of  calling  cards.  Connection  fees  and 
installation fees are amortised over the expected customer relationship period of 10 years. Beginning 1 July 
2001, connection fees were no longer collected from new customers.

Balance at beginning of year
Additions for the year
  – installation fees
  – calling cards

Reductions for the year
  – amortisation of connection fees
  – amortisation of installation fees
  – usage of calling cards

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

8,462

11,444

8,457

11,441

395
1,568

1,963

(497)
(2,021)
(1,704)

458
3,253

3,711

(1,151)
(2,311)
(3,231)

395
1,568

1,963

(497)
(2,021)
(1,699)

458
3,248

3,706

(1,151)
(2,310)
(3,229)

Balance at end of year

6,203

8,462

6,203

8,457

Representing:
  – current portion
  – non-current portion

2,645
3,558

6,203

3,417
5,045

8,462

2,645
3,558

6,203

3,412
5,045

8,457

Included  in  other  assets  are  primarily  capitalised  direct  costs  associated  with  the  installation  of  wireline 
services.  As  at  31  December  2010,  the  unamortised  portion  of  these  costs  was  RMB3,236  million  (2009: 
RMB4,312 million).

19. SHARE CAPITAL

Registered, issued and fully paid
67,054,958,321 ordinary domestic shares of RMB1.00 each
13,877,410,000 overseas listed H shares of RMB1.00 each

The Group and
the Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

67,055
13,877

80,932

67,055
13,877

80,932

All ordinary domestic shares and H shares rank pari passu in all material respects.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

123

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

Capital 
reserve
RMB millions
(Note (i))

Share 
premium
RMB millions

Revaluation 
reserve
RMB millions

Statutory 
reserves
RMB millions
(Note (iii))

Other 
reserves
RMB millions
(Note (ii))

Exchange 
reserve
RMB millions

Retained 
earnings
RMB millions

Total
RMB millions

(2,804)

10,746

11,410

56,085

2,586

(665)

54,746

132,104

–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–

–
(547)

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
4,521

–

125
–

(147)
–
–

343

–
–

–
–
–

(125)
547

147
(6,067)
(4,521)

–
–

–
(6,067)
–

(2)

14,422

14,763

(2,804)

10,746

10,863

60,606

2,907

(667)

59,149

140,800

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
(524)

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
2,028

–

118
–

(168)

(3)
–
–

59

–
–

–

–
–
–

(118)
524

168

–
(6,031)
(2,028)

–
–

–

(3)
(6,031)
–

(48)

15,759

15,770

(2,804)

10,746

10,339

62,634

2,913

(715)

67,423

150,536

20. RESERVES

The Group

Balance as at 
  1 January 2009
Deferred tax on revaluation 
  surplus of property, plant 
  and equipment realised
Revaluation surplus realised
Deferred tax on land use 

rights realised
Dividends (Note 30)
Appropriations (Note (iii))
Total comprehensive income 

for the year

Balance as at 
  31 December 2009

Deferred tax on revaluation 
  surplus of property, plant 
  and equipment realised
Revaluation surplus realised
Deferred tax on land use 

rights realised

Acquisition of 
  non-controlling interests
Dividends (Note 30)
Appropriations (Note (iii))
Total comprehensive income 

for the year

Balance as at 
  31 December 2010

The Company

Capital 
reserve
RMB millions
(Note (i))

Share 
premium
RMB millions

Statutory 
reserves
RMB millions
(Note (iii))

Retained 
earnings
RMB millions

Total
RMB millions

Balance as at 1 January 2009
Total comprehensive income for the year
Appropriations (Note (iii))
Dividends (Note 30)

Balance as at 31 December 2009

Total comprehensive income for the year
Appropriations (Note (iii))
Dividends (Note 30)

29,168
–
–
–

29,168

–
–
–

10,746
–
–
–

10,746

–
–
–

56,085
–
4,521
–

60,606

–
2,028
–

35,173
13,337
(4,521)
(6,067)

37,922

15,540
(2,028)
(6,031)

131,172
13,337
–
(6,067)

138,442

15,540
–
(6,031)

Balance as at 31 December 2010

29,168

10,746

62,634

45,403

147,951

 
 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

124

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

20. RESERVES (continued)

Note:

(i) 

Capital  reserve  of  the  Group  represents  the  sum  of  (a)  the  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  the  Company’s 

net  assets  and  the  par  value  of  the  Company’s  shares  issued  upon  its  formation;  and  (b)  the  difference  between  the 

consideration paid by the Company for the entities acquired from China Telecommunications Corporation as described in Note 

1,  which  were  accounted  for  as  equity  transactions  as  disclosed  in  Note  1  to  the  financial  statements,  and  the  historical 

carrying amount of the net assets of these acquired entities.

Capital reserve of the Company represents the difference between the carrying amount of the Company’s net assets and the 

par value of the Company’s shares issued upon its formation.

(ii)  Other  reserves  of  the  Group  represent  primarily  the  balance  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  recognised  due  to  the  revaluation 

of  land  use  rights  for  tax  purposes  (and  not  for  financial  reporting  purposes)  as  described  in  Note  10(i),  the  balance  of  the 

deferred tax liabilities recognised due to the revaluation of property, plant and equipment for financial reporting purposes (and 

not  for  tax  purposes)  and  the  deferred  tax  liabilities  recognised  due  to  the  change  in  fair  value  of  available-for-sale  equity 

securities.

(iii)  The statutory reserves consist of statutory surplus reserve and discretionary surplus reserve.

According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company is required to transfer 10% of its net profit, as determined 

in  accordance  with  the  lower  of  the  amount  determined  under  the  PRC  Accounting  Standards  for  Business  Enterprises 

and  the  amount  determined  under  IFRS,  to  the  statutory  surplus  reserve  until  such  reserve  balance  reaches  50%  of  the 

registered  capital.  The  transfer  to  this  reserve  must  be  made  before  distribution  of  any  dividend  to  shareholders.  For  the 

year ended 31 December 2010, the Company transferred RMB1,525 million, being 10% of the year’s net profit determined in 

accordance  with  the  PRC  Accounting  Standards  for  Business  Enterprises,  to  this  reserve.  For  the  year  ended  31  December 

2009, the Company transferred RMB1,292 million, being 10% of the year’s net profit determined in accordance with the PRC 

Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises.

According  to  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Association,  the  Directors  authorised,  subject  to  shareholders’  approval,  the  transfer 

of  RMB503  million  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2010,  being  3.3%  of  the  year’s  net  profit  determined  in  accordance 

with  the  PRC  Accounting  Standards  for  Business  Enterprises,  to  the  discretionary  surplus  reserve.  The  Company  transferred 

RMB3,229 million for the year ended 31 December 2009, being 25% of the year’s net profit.

The  statutory  and  discretionary  surplus  reserves  are  non-distributable  other  than  in  liquidation  and  can  be  used  to  make 

good of previous years’ losses, if any, and may be utilised for business expansion or converted into share capital by issuing 

new  shares  to  existing  shareholders  in  proportion  to  their  shareholdings  or  by  increasing  the  par  value  of  the  shares 

currently  held  by  them,  provided  that  the  remaining  reserve  balance  after  such  issue  is  not  less  than  25%  of  the  registered 

capital.

(iv)  According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the amount of retained earnings available for distribution to shareholders 

of  the  Company  is  the  lower  of  the  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  PRC  Accounting  Standards  for  Business 

Enterprises  and  the  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  IFRS.  At  31  December  2010,  the  amount  of  retained  earnings 

available  for  distribution  was  RMB45,403  million  (2009:  RMB37,922  million),  being  the  amount  determined  in  accordance 

with IFRS. Final dividend of approximately RMB5,778 million in respect of the financial year 2010 proposed after the end of 

the reporting period has not been recognised as a liability at the end of the reporting period (Note 30).

 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

125

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

21. OPERATING REVENUES

Operating  revenues  represent  revenues  from  the  provision  of  telecommunications  services.  The  components 
of the Group’s operating revenues are as follows:

Wireline voice
Mobile voice
Internet
Value-added services
Integrated information application services
Managed data and leased line
Others
Upfront connection fees

Note:

Note

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)

The Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

62,498
28,906
63,985
22,571
15,519
12,389
13,499
497

78,432
20,027
51,567
21,533
12,659
11,499
12,502
1,151

219,864

209,370

(i) 

Represent  the  aggregate  amount  of  monthly  fees,  local  usage  fees,  domestic  long  distance  usage  fees,  international,  Hong 

Kong,  Macau  and  Taiwan  long  distance  usage  fees,  interconnections  and  upfront  installation  fees  charged  to  customers  for 

the provision of wireline telephony services.

(ii)  Represent  the  aggregate  amount  of  monthly  fees,  local  usage  fees,  domestic  long  distance  usage  fees,  international,  Hong 

Kong,  Macau  and  Taiwan  long  distance  usage  fees  and  interconnections  fees  charged  to  customers  for  the  provision  of 

mobile telephony services.

(iii)  Represent amounts charged to customers for the provision of Internet access services.

(iv)  Represent  the  aggregate  amount  of  fees  charged  to  customers  for  the  provision  of  value-added  services,  which  comprise 

primarily  caller  ID  services,  short  messaging  services,  back  ring  tone  services  (Colour  Ring  Tone),  Internet  data  centre  and 

IP-Virtual Private Network services.

(v)  Represent  primarily  the  aggregate  amount  of  fees  charged  to  customers  for  system  integration  and  consulting  services  and 

Best Tone information services, which comprise hotline enquiry and booking services.

(vi)  Represent the aggregate amount of fees charged to customers for the provision of managed data transmission services and 

lease  income  from  other  domestic  telecommunications  operators  and  enterprise  customers  for  the  usage  of  the  Group’s 

wireline telecommunication networks and equipment.

(vii)  Represent primarily revenue from sale, rental and repairs and maintenance of equipment.

(viii)  Represent the amortised amount of the upfront fees received for initial activation of wireline services.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

126

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

22. PERSONNEL EXPENSES

Personnel expenses are attributable to the following functions:

Network operations and support
Selling, general and administrative

23. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

Other operating expenses consist of:

Interconnection charges
Cost of goods sold
Donations
Others

Note:

The Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

23,129
12,400

35,529

21,210
11,647

32,857

Note

(i)
(ii)

The Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

11,130
7,909
21
46

19,106

9,634
7,721
8
86

17,449

(i) 

Interconnection charges represent amounts incurred for the use of other domestic and foreign telecommunications operators’ 

networks  for  delivery  of  voice  and  data  traffic  that  originate  from  the  Group’s  wireline  and  mobile  telecommunications 

networks.

(ii)  Cost of goods sold primarily represents cost of telecommunication equipment.

24. TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

Total  operating  expenses  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2010  were  RMB195,848  million  (2009: 
RMB186,712  million)  which  include  auditor’s  remuneration  in  relation  to  audit  and  non-audit  services  are 
RMB67 million and RMB7 million respectively (2009: RMB68 million and RMB3 million).

25. NET FINANCE COSTS

Net finance costs comprise:

Interest expense incurred
Less: Interest expense capitalised*

Net interest expense
Interest income
Foreign exchange losses
Foreign exchange gains

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

127

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

The Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

4,057
(262)

3,795
(287)
178
(86)

3,600

5,051
(327)

4,724
(282)
108
(175)

4,375

* 

 Interest expense was capitalised in construction in progress 

  at the following rates per annum

2.5% – 4.7%

2.5% – 6.9%

26. INCOME TAX

Income tax in the profit or loss comprises:

Provision for PRC income tax
Provision for income tax in other tax jurisdictions
Deferred taxation

The Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

3,165
47
1,819

5,031

3,105
37
1,407

4,549

A reconciliation of the expected tax expense with the actual tax expense is as follows:

The Group

Note

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

Profit before taxation

20,908

19,175

Expected income tax expense at statutory tax rate of 25%
Differential tax rate on PRC subsidiaries’ and branches’ income
Differential tax rate on other subsidiaries’ income
Non-deductible expenses
Non-taxable income
Other tax benefits

(i)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

Actual income tax expense

5,227
(543)
(11)
832
(444)
(30)

5,031

4,794
(433)
(17)
1,013
(776)
(32)

4,549

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

128

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

26. INCOME TAX (continued)

Note:

(i) 

The  provision  for  mainland  PRC  current  income  tax  is  based  on  a  statutory  rate  of  25%  of  the  assessable  income  of  the 
Company,  its  mainland  PRC  subsidiaries  and  branches  as  determined  in  accordance  with  the  relevant  income  tax  rules  and 
regulations of the PRC, except for certain subsidiaries and branches which are taxed at preferential rates of 15% or 22%.

(ii) 

Income  tax  provisions  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  in  Hong  Kong  and  Macau  Special  Administrative  Regions  of  the  PRC, 
and  in  other  countries  are  based  on  the  subsidiaries’  assessable  income  and  income  tax  rates  applicable  in  the  respective 
tax jurisdictions which range from 12% to 35%.

(iii)  Amounts represent miscellaneous expenses in excess of statutory deductible limits for tax purposes.

(iv)  Amounts  primarily  represent  amortisation  of  connection  fees  and  installation  fees  received  from  customers  prior  to  the 

Restructuring, First Acquisition and Second Acquisition which are not subject to income tax.

27. DIRECTORS’ AND SUPERVISORS’ REMUNERATION

The following table sets out the remuneration paid or payable to the Company’s directors and supervisors:

Directors’/
supervisors’ 
fees
RMB 
thousands

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 
in kind
RMB 
thousands

Discretionary(1) 

bonuses
RMB 
thousands

Retirement 
scheme 
contributions
RMB 
thousands

Share-based(2) 
payments
RMB 
thousands

Total
RMB 
thousands

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

150
150
426
170
150

–
–
–
–

75

1,121

340
340
289
289
289
289
289
289

–

–
–
–
–
–

289
166
93
91

–

3,053

1,083
692
920
920
773
588
920
920

–

–
–
–
–
–

589
415
289
286

–

8,395

73
73
63
63
63
62
61
62

–

–
–
–
–
–

63
61
48
47

–

739

1,414
–
352
352
–
–
1,131
1,131

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
294
162
162

–

2,910
1,105
1,624
1,624
1,125
939
2,401
2,402

–

150
150
426
170
150

941
936
592
586

75

4,998

18,306

2010
Executive directors
Wang Xiaochu
Shang Bing
Wu Andi
Zhang Jiping
Zhang Chenshuang
Yang Xiaowei
Yang Jie
Sun Kangmin

Non-executive director
Li Jinming

Independent non-executive 
  directors
Wu Jichuan
Qin Xiao
Tse Hau Yin
Cha May Lung
Xu Erming

Supervisors
Miao Jianhua
Ma Yuzhu
Xu Cailiao
Han Fang

Independent supervisor
Zhu Lihao

(1) 

Including  deferred  performance  bonus  for  the  term  of  office  from  2007  to  2009.  According  to  the  Company’s  remuneration 
guideline  for  senior  management  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  Remuneration  Committee,  this  year  the 
Company  conducted  appraisals  of  the  relevant  personnel  based  on  their  performance  during  such  term  of  office  and  the 
Board of Directors approved the deferred performance bonus being paid this year.

(2) 

The respective stock appreciation rights were granted in 2005 and 2006. The fair value of the liability related to share-based 
payments was affected by the increase in the share prices of the Company in 2010.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

129

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

27. DIRECTORS’ AND SUPERVISORS’ REMUNERATION (continued)

Directors’/
supervisors’ 
fees
RMB 
thousands

Salaries, 
allowances 
and benefits 
in kind
RMB 
thousands

Discretionary 
bonuses
RMB 
thousands

Retirement 
scheme 
contributions
RMB 
thousands

Share-based 
payments
RMB 
thousands

Total
RMB 
thousands

2009
Executive directors
Wang Xiaochu
Shang Bing
Wu Andi
Zhang Jiping
Zhang Chenshuang
Yang Xiaowei
Yang Jie
Sun Kangmin

Non-executive director
Li Jinming

Independent non-executive 
  directors
Wu Jichuan
Qin Xiao
Tse Hau Yin
Cha May Lung
Xu Erming

Supervisors
Xiao Jinxue^
Miao Jianhua^
Ma Yuzhu
Xu Cailiao
Han Fang

Independent supervisor
Zhu Lihao

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

150
150
440
176
150

–
–
–
–
–

75

324
324
276
276
276
276
276
276

–

–
–
–
–
–

188
–
157
92
90

–

339
335
288
288
288
285
288
288

–

–
–
–
–
–

297
–
387
259
264

–

1,141

2,831

3,606

71
71
61
60
61
59
59
60

–

–
–
–
–
–

15
–
59
45
44

–

665

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–

734
730
625
624
625
620
623
624

–

150
150
440
176
150

500
–
603
396
398

75

8,243

^ 

Mr  Xiao  Jinxue  resigned  as  a  supervisor  of  the  Company  and  Mr  Miao  Jianhua  was  appointed  as  the  supervisor  of  the 

Company on 29 December 2009.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

130

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

28. INDIVIDUALS WITH HIGHEST EMOLUMENTS

Of  the  five  highest  paid  individuals  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2010,  three  of  them 
were  directors  of  the  Company  and  whose  remuneration  was  disclosed  in  Note  27  Of  the  five  highest  paid 
individuals of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2009, none of them was director of the Company.

The aggregate of the emoluments in respect of the two (2009: five) individuals are (non-directors) as follows:

Salaries, allowances and benefits in kind
Discretionary bonuses
Retirement scheme contributions

2010
RMB 
thousands

2009
RMB 
thousands

2,461
1,204
202

3,867

4,745
2,704
106

7,555

The  emoluments  of  the  two  (2009:  five)  individuals  (non-directors)  with  the  highest  emoluments  are  within 
the following bands:

RMB1,000,001 – RMB1,500,000
RMB1,500,001 – RMB2,000,000
RMB2,000,001 – RMB2,500,000

2010
Number of 
individuals

2009
Number of 
individuals

0
1
1

3
1
1

None  of  these  employees  received  any  inducements  or  compensation  for  loss  of  office,  or  waived  any 
emoluments during the periods presented.

29. PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY

For the year ended 31 December 2010, the consolidated profit attributable to equity holders of the Company 
includes a profit of RMB15,468 million which has been dealt with in the stand-alone financial statements of 
the Company.

For the year ended 31 December 2009, the consolidated profit attributable to equity holders of the Company 
includes a profit of RMB13,295 million which has been dealt with in the stand-alone financial statements of 
the Company.

30. DIVIDENDS

Pursuant  to  a  resolution  passed  at  the  Directors’  meeting  on  22  March  2011,  a  final  dividend  of  equivalent 
to HK$0.085 per share totalling approximately RMB5,778 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 was 
proposed  for  shareholders’  approval  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting.  The  dividend  has  not  been  provided  for 
in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2010.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting held on 25 May 2010, a final dividend 
of RMB0.074514 (equivalent to HK$0.085) per share totalling approximately RMB6,031 million in respect of 
the year ended 31 December 2009 was declared, of which RMB5,608 million was paid on 30 June 2010.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting held on 26 May 2009, a final dividend 
of RMB0.074963 (equivalent to HK$0.085) per share totalling approximately RMB6,067 million in respect of 
the year ended 31 December 2008 was declared and paid on 30 June 2009.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

131

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

31. BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

The  calculation  of  basic  earnings  per  share  for  the  years  ended  31  December  2010  and  2009  is  based 
on  the  profit  attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the  Company  of  RMB15,759  million  and  RMB14,422  million 
respectively, divided by 80,932,368,321 shares.

The  amount  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  is  not  presented  as  there  were  no  dilutive  potential  ordinary 
shares in existence for the periods presented.

32. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease commitments
The  Group  leases  business  premises  and  equipment  through  non-cancellable  operating  leases.  Other  than 
the  CDMA  network  lease  arrangements  as  set  out  in  Note  35(a),  these  operating  leases  do  not  contain 
provisions  for  contingent  lease  rentals.  None  of  the  rental  agreements  contain  escalation  provisions  that 
may  require  higher  future  rental  payments  nor  impose  restrictions  on  dividends,  additional  debt  and/or 
further leasing.

As  at  31  December  2010  and  2009,  the  Group’s  and  the  Company’s  future  minimum  lease  payments  under 
non-cancellable operating leases were as follows:

Within 1 year
Between 1 to 2 years
Between 2 to 3 years
Between 3 to 4 years
Thereafter

Total minimum lease payments

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

13,525
11,531
577
439
1,108

27,180

8,531
643
505
417
1,014

11,110

13,447
11,479
542
414
1,095

26,977

8,451
614
488
405
1,009

10,967

Total rental expense in respect of operating leases charged to profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 
2010 was RMB16,332 million (2009: RMB10,757 million).

Capital commitments
As at 31 December 2010 and 2009, the Group and the Company had capital commitments as follows:

Authorised and contracted for
  – property
  –  telecommunications network 

  plant and equipment

Authorised but not contracted for
  – property
  –  telecommunications network 

  plant and equipment

  The Group
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

The Company
2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

395

4,729

5,124

716

4,928

5,644

376

4,166

4,542

739

4,364

5,103

394

4,720

5,114

716

4,928

5,644

376

4,089

4,465

739

4,354

5,093

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

132

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

32. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)

Contingent liabilities
(a)  The  Company  and  the  Group  were  advised  by  their  PRC  lawyers  that,  except  for  liabilities  arising  out  of 
or relating to the businesses of the Predecessor Operations and the Acquired Groups transferred to the 
Company in connection with the Restructuring and the Acquisitions, no other liabilities were assumed by 
the  Company  or  the  Group,  and  the  Company  or  the  Group  are  not  jointly  and  severally  liable  for  other 
debts and obligations incurred by China Telecom Group prior to the Restructuring and the Acquisitions.

(b)  As  at  31  December  2010  and  2009,  the  Group  did  not  have  contingent  liabilities  in  respect  of 
guarantees  given  to  banks  in  respect  of  banking  facilities  granted  to  other  parties,  or  other  forms  of 
contingent liabilities.

As  at  31  December  2010  and  2009,  the  Company  did  not  have  contingent  liabilities  in  respect  of 
guarantees given to banks in respect of banking facilities granted to subsidiaries.

Legal contingencies
The  Group  is  a  defendant  in  certain  lawsuits  as  well  as  the  named  party  in  other  proceedings  arising  in  the 
ordinary  course  of  business.  Management  has  assessed  the  likelihood  of  an  unfavourable  outcome  of  such 
contingencies,  lawsuits  or  other  proceedings  and  based  on  such  assessment,  believes  that  any  resulting 
liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, operating results or cash flows of 
the Group.

33. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial  assets  of  the  Group  include  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  time  deposits,  investments,  accounts 
receivable, advances and other receivables. Financial liabilities of the Group include short-term and long-term 
debts, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other payables. The Group does not hold nor issue financial 
instruments for trading purposes.

(a)  Fair Value

The  amendments  to  IFRS  7,  Financial  Instruments:  Disclosures,  require  disclosures  relating  to  fair  value 
measurements  of  financial  instruments  across  three  levels  of  a  “fair  value  hierarchy”.  The  fair  value 
of  each  financial  instrument  is  categorised  in  its  entirety  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is 
significant to that fair value measurement. The levels are defined as follows:

• 

• 

• 

Level 1 (highest level): fair values measured using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 
identical financial instruments

Level  2:  fair  values  measured  using  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  similar  financial 
instruments,  or  using  valuation  techniques  in  which  all  significant  inputs  are  directly  or  indirectly 
based on observable market data

Level  3  (lowest  level):  fair  values  measured  using  valuation  techniques  in  which  any  significant 
input is not based on observable market data

The  fair  values  of  the  Group’s  financial  instruments  (other  than  long-term  debt  and  available-for-sale 
equity investment securities) approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term maturity of these 
instruments.

The  Group’s  available-for-sale  equity  investment  securities  are  categorised  as  level  1  financial 
instruments.  The  fair  value  of  the  Group’s  available-for-sale  equity  investment  securities  is  RMB822 
million  as  at  31  December  2010  (2009:  RMB690  million)  was  based  on  quoted  market  price  on  a  PRC 
stock  exchange.  The  Group’s  long-term  investments,  other  than  the  available-for-sale  equity  investment 
securities,  are  unlisted  equity  interests  for  which  no  quoted  market  prices  exist  in  the  PRC  and 
accordingly,  a  reasonable  estimate  of  their  fair  values  could  not  be  made  without  incurring  excessive 
costs.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

133

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

33. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

(a)  Fair Value (continued)

The  fair  values  of  long-term  indebtedness  are  estimated  by  discounting  future  cash  flows  using  current 
market  interest  rates  offered  to  the  Group  for  debt  with  substantially  the  same  characteristics  and 
maturities. The interest rates used in estimating the fair values of long-term debt, having considered the 
foreign currency denomination of the debt, ranged from 1.0% to 5.88% (2009: 1.0% to 5.76%). As at 31 
December  2009  and  2010,  the  carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  the  Group’s  long-term  debt  were  as 
follows:

2010

2009

Carrying 
amount
RMB millions

Fair value
RMB millions

Carrying 
amount
RMB millions

Fair value
RMB millions

Long-term debt

52,901

50,630

54,255

52,213

During the year, there were no transfers among instruments in level 1, level 2 or level 3.

(b)  Risks

The Group’s financial instruments are exposed to three main types of risks, namely, credit risk, liquidity 
risk and market risk (which comprises of interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rate risk). The 
Group’s  overall  risk  management  programme  focuses  on  the  unpredictability  of  financial  markets  and 
seeks  to  minimise  potential  adverse  effects  on  the  Group’s  financial  performance.  Risk  management  is 
carried  out  under  policies  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board  provides  principles  for  overall 
risk  management,  as  well  as  policies  covering  specific  areas,  such  as  liquidity  risk,  credit  risk,  and 
market  risk.  The  Board  regularly  reviews  these  policies  and  authorises  changes  if  necessary  based  on 
operating  and  market  conditions  and  other  relevant  risks.  The  following  summarises  the  qualitative  and 
quantitative disclosures for each of the three main types of risks:

(i)  Credit risk

Credit  risk  refers  to  the  risk  that  a  counterparty  will  be  unable  to  pay  amounts  in  full  when  due. 
For  the  Group,  this  arises  mainly  from  deposits  it  maintains  at  financial  institutions  and  credit 
it  provides  to  customers  for  the  provision  of  telecommunication  services.  To  limit  exposure  to 
credit  risk  relating  to  deposits,  the  Group  primarily  places  cash  deposits  only  with  large  state-
owned  financial  institutions  in  the  PRC  with  acceptable  credit  ratings.  For  accounts  receivable, 
management performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally 
does  not  require  collateral  on  accounts  receivable.  Furthermore,  the  Group  has  a  diversified  base 
of  customers  with  no  single  customer  contributing  more  than  10%  of  revenues  for  the  periods 
presented. Further details of the Group’s credit policy and quantitative disclosures in respect of the 
Group’s exposure on credit risk for trade receivables are set out in Note 12.

The  amounts  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  time  deposits,  accounts  receivable  and  other 
receivables represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets.

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

134

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

33. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

(b)  Risks (continued)

(ii)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity  risk  refers  to  the  risk  that  funds  will  not  be  available  to  meet  liabilities  as  they  fall  due, 
and  results  from  timing  and  amount  mismatches  of  cash  inflow  and  outflow.  The  Group  manages 
liquidity  risk  by  maintaining  sufficient  cash  balances  and  adequate  amount  of  committed  banking 
facilities  to  meet  its  funding  needs,  including  working  capital,  principal  and  interest  payments  on 
debts,  dividend  payments,  capital  expenditures  and  new  investments  for  a  set  minimum  period  of 
between 3 to 6 months.

The  following  table  sets  out  the  remaining  contractual  maturities  at  the  end  of  the  reporting 
period  of  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities,  which  are  based  on  contractual  undiscounted  cash  flows 
(including  interest  payments  computed  using  contractual  rates  or,  if  floating,  based  on  prevailing 
rates  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period)  and  the  earliest  date  the  Group  would  be  required  to 
repay:

2010

Total 
contractual 
undiscounted 
cash flow
RMB millions

Within 
1 year or 
on demand
RMB millions

More than 
1 year but 
less than 
2 years
RMB millions

More than 
2 years but 
less than 
5 years
RMB millions

More than 
5 years
RMB millions

Carrying 
amount
RMB millions

Short-term debt
Long-term debt
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and 
  other payables

20,675
52,901
40,039

(20,924)
(59,560)
(40,039)

(20,924)
(12,802)
(40,039)

–
(13,261)
–

–
(32,556)
–

52,885

(52,885)

(52,885)

–

–

–
(941)
–

–

166,500

(173,408)

(126,650)

(13,261)

(32,556)

(941)

2009

Total 
contractual 
undiscounted 
cash flow
RMB millions

Within 
1 year or 
on demand
RMB millions

More than 
1 year but 
less than 
2 years
RMB millions

More than 
2 years but 
less than 
5 years
RMB millions

More than 
5 years
RMB millions

Carrying 
amount
RMB millions

Short-term debt
Long-term debt
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and 
  other payables
Finance lease obligations

51,650
54,255
34,321

52,193
18

(52,294)
(62,764)
(34,321)

(52,193)
(18)

(52,294)
(3,742)
(34,321)

(52,193)
(18)

–
(12,260)
–

–
(45,486)
–

–
–

–
–

–
(1,276)
–

–
–

192,437

(201,590)

(142,568)

(12,260)

(45,486)

(1,276)

Management  believes  that  the  Group’s  current  cash  on  hand,  expected  cash  flows  from  operations 
and  available  credit  facilities  from  banks  (Note  15)  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  the  Group’s  working 
capital requirements and repay its borrowings and obligations when they become due.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

135

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

33. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

(b)  Risks (continued)

(iii)  Interest rate risk

The  Group’s  interest  rate  risk  exposure  arises  primarily  from  its  short-term  and  long-term  debts. 
Debts  carrying  interest  at  variable  rates  and  at  fixed  rates  expose  the  Group  to  cash  flow  interest 
rate  risk  and  fair  value  interest  rate  risk  respectively.  The  Group  manages  its  exposure  to  interest 
rate risk by maintaining high level of fixed rate debts.

The following table sets out the interest rate profile of the Group’s debt at the end of the reporting 
period:

2010

2009

Effective 
interest rate
%

RMB millions

Effective 
interest rate
%

RMB millions

4.2
4.3

4.5
4.9

19,842
52,646

72,488

833
255

73,576

98.5%

4.0
4.5

4.1
4.9

47,732
53,592

101,324

3,918
663

105,905

95.7%

Fixed rate debt:
Short-term debt
Long-term debt

Variable rate debt:
Short-term debt
Long-term debt

Total debt

Fixed rate debt as 
  a percentage of total debt

As at 31 December 2010, it is estimated that an increase of 100 basis points in interest rate, with 
all  other  variables  held  constant,  would  decrease  the  Group’s  net  profit  for  the  year  and  retained 
earnings by approximately RMB8 million (2009: RMB34 million).

The  above  sensitivity  analysis  has  been  prepared  on  the  assumptions  that  the  change  in  interest 
rate  had  occurred  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  and  the  change  was  applied  to  the  Group’s 
debt  in  existence  at  that  date  with  exposure  to  cash  flow  interest  rate  risk.  The  analysis  is 
prepared on the same basis for 2009.

(iv)  Foreign currency exchange rate risk

Foreign  currency  exchange  rate  risk  arises  on  financial  instruments  that  are  denominated  in  a 
currency  other  than  the  functional  currency  in  which  they  are  measured.  The  Group’s  foreign 
currency  risk  exposure  relates  to  bank  deposits  and  borrowings  denominated  primarily  in  US 
dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen and Hong Kong dollars.

Management  does  not  expect  the  appreciation  or  depreciation  of  the  Renminbi  against  foreign 
currencies  will  materially  affect  the  Group’s  financial  position  and  result  of  operations  because 
91.2%  (2009:  94.7%)  of  the  Group’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  96.0%  (2009:  96.9%)  of  the 
Group’s  short-term  and  long-term  debt  as  at  31  December  2010  are  denominated  in  Renminbi. 
Details of bank loans denominated in other currencies are set out in Note 15.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

136

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

34. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The  Group’s  primary  objectives  when  managing  capital  are  to  safeguard  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going  concern,  so  that  it  can  continue  to  provide  investment  returns  for  shareholders  and  benefits  for  other 
stakeholders, by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk and by securing access 
to finance at a reasonable cost.

Management  regularly  reviews  and  manages  its  capital  structure  to  maintain  a  balance  between  the  higher 
shareholder returns that might be possible with higher levels of borrowings and the advantages and security 
afforded  by  a  sound  capital  position,  and  makes  adjustments  to  the  capital  structure  in  light  of  changes  in 
economic conditions.

Management  monitors  its  capital  structure  on  the  basis  of  total  debt-to-total  assets  ratio.  For  this  purpose 
the Group defines total debt as the sum of short-term debt, long-term debt and finance lease obligations. As 
at 31 December 2010, the Group’s total debt-to-total assets ratio was 18.1% (2009: 24.8%), which is within 
the range of management’s expectation.

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

35. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Companies  are  considered  to  be  related  if  one  company  has  the  ability,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  control  or 
jointly control the other company or have significant influence over the other company in making financial and 
operating decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control.

(a)  Transactions with China Telecom Group

The  Group  is  a  part  of  companies  under  China  Telecommunications  Corporation,  a  company  owned  by 
the PRC government, and has significant transactions and relationships with members of China Telecom 
Group.

The  principal  transactions  with  China  Telecom  Group  are  as  follows.  The  majority  of  these  transactions 
also constitute continuing connected transactions under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on 
The  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong  Kong  Limited.  Further  details  of  these  continuing  connected  transactions 
are disclosed under the paragraph “Connected Transactions” in the report of directors.

Note

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

Purchases of telecommunications equipment and materials
Sales of telecommunications equipment and materials
Construction and engineering services
Provision of IT services
Receiving IT services
Receiving community services
Receiving ancillary services
Operating lease expenses
Net transaction amount of centralised services
Interconnection revenues
Interconnection charges
Interest on amounts due to and loans from 
  China Telecom Group
CDMA network capacity lease fee
Reimbursement of capacity maintenance related costs of 
  CDMA network

(i)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(viii)

(ix)
(x)

(xi)

2,215
993
6,415
295
556
2,185
6,838
385
466
55
571

896
13,320

1,755

1,956
940
5,970
249
520
2,324
6,044
387
534
69
667

2,933
8,383

1,163

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

137

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

35. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

(a)  Transactions with China Telecom Group

Note:

(i) 

Represent  the  amount  of  telecommunications  equipment  and  materials  purchased  from/sold  to  China  Telecom  Group 

and commission paid and payable for procurement services provided by China Telecom Group.

(ii)  Represent construction and engineering as well as design and supervisory services provided by China Telecom Group.

(iii)  Represent IT services provided by and received by China Telecom Group.

(iv)  Represent  amounts  paid  and  payable  to  China  Telecom  Group  in  respect  of  cultural,  educational,  hygiene  and  other 

community services.

(v)  Represent  amounts  paid  and  payable  to  China  Telecom  Group  in  respect  of  ancillary  services  such  as  repairs  and 

maintenance of telecommunications equipment and facilities and certain customer services.

(vi)  Represent  net  amounts  paid  and  payable  to  China  Telecom  Group  for  leases  of  business  premises  and  inter-provincial 

transmission optic fibres.

(vii)  Represent  net  amount  shared  between  the  Company  and  China  Telecom  Group  for  costs  associated  with  centralised 

services. The amount represents amounts received or receivable for the net amount of centralised services.

(viii)  Represent amounts charged from/to China Telecom Group for interconnection of local and domestic long distance calls.

(ix)  Represent interest paid and payable to China Telecom Group with respect to the amounts due to and loans from China 

Telecom Group (Note 15).

(x)  Represent  amounts  paid  and  payable  to  China  Telecom  Group  for  lease  of  CDMA  mobile  communication  network 

capacity (“CDMA network”) (Note 35).

(xi)  Represent amounts shared between the Company and China Telecom Group for the capacity maintenance related costs 

in connection with the CDMA network capacity used by the Company.

Amounts due from/to China Telecom Group are summarised as follows:

Accounts receivable
Prepayments and other current assets

Total amounts due from China Telecom Group

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other payables
Short-term debt

Total amounts due to China Telecom Group

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

1,182
1,044

2,226

8,571
389
9,017

17,977

917
935

1,852

7,526
1,694
40,267

49,487

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

138

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

35. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

(a)  Transactions with China Telecom Group (continued)

Amounts  due  from/to  China  Telecom  Group,  other  than  short-term  debt  and  long-term  debt,  bear  no 
interest,  are  unsecured  and  are  repayable  in  accordance  with  contractual  terms  which  are  similar  to 
those  terms  offered  by  third  parties.  The  terms  and  conditions  associated  with  short-term  debt  and 
long-term debt payable to China Telecom Group are set out in Note 15.

As  at  31  December  2010  and  2009,  no  material  allowance  for  impairment  of  doubtful  debts  was 
recognised in respect of amounts due from China Telecom Group.

On  30  August  2006,  the  Company  entered  into  a  strategic  agreement  (“the  Agreement”)  with  China 
Communication  Ser vices  Corporation  Limited  (“CCS”),  a  company  under  the  common  control  of 
China  Telecommunications  Corporation.  The  Agreement  was  approved  by  the  Company’s  independent 
shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on 25 October 2006. The Agreement is effective 
from  1  January  2007  to  31  December  2009,  pursuant  to  which  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  (and  their 
successors)  in  the  Shanghai,  Guangdong,  Zhejiang,  Fujian,  Hubei  and  Hainan  regions  procure  design, 
construction and engineering services provided by CCS for at least 12.5% of these subsidiaries’ annual 
capital  expenditure.  In  return,  CCS  agreed  to  provide  an  additional  price  discount  of  at  least  5%  for  the 
above  services.  In  addition,  the  above  subsidiaries  will  also  procure  facilities  management  services 
provided by CCS of not less than RMB1,330 million during the effective period of the Agreement.

As  a  result  of  the  expansion  of  services  areas  of  CCS,  an  amendment  to  the  strategic  agreement 
(“the  Supplemental  Agreement”)  was  approved  by  the  Company’s  independent  shareholders  at  an 
Extraordinary  General  Meeting  held  on  7  August  2007.  The  Supplemental  Agreement  extends  the 
scope  of  the  Agreement  to  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  (and  their  successors)  in  the  Jiangsu,  Anhui, 
Jiangxi,  Hunan,  Guangxi,  Chongqing,  Sichuan,  Guizhou,  Yunnan,  Shaanxi,  Gansu,  Qinghai  and  Xinjiang 
regions,  amends  that  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  will  on  an  annual  basis,  procure  design,  construction 
and  engineering  services  provided  by  CCS  for  at  least  10.6%  of  these  subsidiaries’  annual  capital 
expenditure,  and  increases  the  commitment  for  facilities  management  services  provided  by  CCS  by 
RMB450 million. The Supplemental Agreement is effective from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2009.

On  29  October  2009,  the  Company  renewed  the  Agreement  and  its  Supplemental  Agreement  in 
accordance  with  their  respective  provisions  for  a  further  term  of  three  years  expiring  on  31  December 
2012  and  to  amend  certain  provisions  of  the  Agreement  to  reflect  the  current  structure  of  the  Group 
and CCS.

On  16  September  2008,  the  Company’s  independent  shareholders  approved  at  an  Extraordinary 
General  Meeting  the  CDMA  network  capacity  lease  agreement  (“the  CDMA  Network  Lease”)  with  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation.  The  lease  is  effective  from  1  October  2008  to  31  December  2010 
and  can  be  renewed  at  the  option  of  the  Company,  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  agreed  to  lease  the 
capacity on the constructed CDMA network from China Telecom Group for the provision of CDMA mobile 
communication services. The lease fee for the capacity on the constructed CDMA network shall be 28% 
of  the  CDMA  service  revenue  (which  is  calculated  by  the  total  revenue  from  the  CDMA  business  minus 
any  upfront  non-refundable  revenue  arising  out  of  the  CDMA  business  and  any  revenue  from  sale  of 
telecommunications  products)  for  the  period  from  1  October  2008  to  31  December  2008  and  for  each 
of the years ending 31 December 2009 and 2010. There is no minimum annual lease fee for the period 
ended  31  December  2008  and  the  year  ending  31  December  2009.  For  the  year  ending  31  December 
2010, the minimum lease fee is 90% of the total amount of the lease fee paid by the Company to China 
Telecom Group in the year ending 31 December 2009. The Group accounts for the CDMA Network Lease 
as an operating lease.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

139

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

35. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

(a)  Transactions with China Telecom Group (continued)

Under the CDMA Network Lease, China Telecommunications Corporation has granted to the Company an 
option  to  purchase  the  CDMA  network.  The  option  may  be  exercised,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company, 
at  any  time  during  the  term  of  the  CDMA  Network  Lease  or  within  one  year  after  the  expiry  of  the 
CDMA  Network  Lease.  The  purchase  price  will  be  determined  with  reference  to  the  appraised  value 
of  the  CDMA  network  in  accordance  with  applicable  PRC  laws  and  regulations  and  taking  into  account 
prevailing  market  conditions  and  other  factors,  provided  that  the  purchase  price  would  enable  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation  to  recover  its  investment  in  the  CDMA  network  plus  an  internal  rate  of 
return on the investment not to exceed 8%.

In  addition,  in  accordance  with  the  CDMA  Network  Lease,  the  Company  shall  be  responsible  for  the 
operation, management and maintenance of the CDMA network. The capacity maintenance related costs, 
which  comprise  the  rental  fees  for  the  exchange  centres  and  the  base  stations  and  other  related  costs 
such  as  water  and  electricity  charges,  heating  charges  and  fuel  charges  for  the  relevant  equipment  as 
well as the maintenance costs of a non-capital nature, shall be shared between the Company and China 
Telecommunications  Corporation.  The  proportion  of  the  constructed  capacity  related  costs  to  be  borne 
by the Company shall be calculated on a monthly basis by reference to the followings:

(i) 

the  actual  number  of  cumulative  CDMA  subscribers  of  the  Company  at  the  end  of  the  month  prior 
to the occurrence of the costs divided by 90%, divided by

(ii) 

the total capacity available on the CDMA network.

On 25 August 2010, the Company and China Telecommunications Corporation entered into supplemental 
agreements  to  renew  the  CDMA  Network  Lease  (“the  2010  CDMA  Network  Lease”)  for  a  further  term 
of  two  years  expiring  on  31  December  2012.  “The  2010  CDMA  Network  Lease”  contains  the  same  key 
terms,  including  the  option  to  purchase  the  CDMA  network,  the  calculation  basis  of  the  constructed 
capacity related costs shared between the Company and China Telecommunications Corporation and the 
calculation basis of the CDMA network capacity lease fee, as “the CDMA Network Lease”.

(b)  Key management personnel compensation

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing 
and  controlling  the  activities  of  the  Group,  directly  or  indirectly,  including  directors  and  supervisors  of 
the Group.

Key management personnel compensation of the Group is summarised as follows:

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Equity-based compensation benefits

The above remuneration is included in personnel expenses.

2010
RMB 
thousands

2009
RMB 
thousands

13,778
802
5,351

19,931

8,142
726
–

8,868

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

140

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

35. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

(c)  Contributions to post-employment benefit plans

The  Group  participates  in  various  defined  contribution  post-employment  benefit  plans  organised  by 
municipal,  autonomous  regional  and  provincial  governments  for  its  employees.  Further  details  of  the 
Group’s post-employment benefit plans are disclosed in Note 36.

(d)  Transactions with other state-controlled entities in the PRC

The  Group  is  a  state-controlled  enterprise  and  operates  in  an  economic  regime  currently  dominated  by 
entities directly or indirectly controlled by the State through government authorities, agencies, affiliations 
and other organisations (collectively referred to as “state-controlled entities”).

Apart  from  transactions  with  parent  company  and  its  affiliates,  the  Group  has  transactions  with  other 
state-controlled entities which include but not limited to the following:

– 

sales and purchases of goods, properties and other assets

– 

rendering and receiving services

– 

lease of assets

– 

depositing and borrowing money

– 

use of public utilities

These  transactions  are  conducted  in  the  ordinary  course  of  the  Group’s  business  on  terms  comparable 
to  the  terms  of  transactions  with  other  entities  that  are  not  state-controlled.  The  Group  prices  its 
telecommunications services and products based on government-regulated tariff rates, where applicable, 
or  based  on  commercial  negotiations.  The  Group  has  also  established  procurement  policies  and 
approval  processes  for  purchases  of  products  and  services,  which  do  not  depend  on  whether  the 
counterparties are state-controlled entities or not.

Having considered the transactions potentially affected by related party relationships, the entity’s pricing 
strategy, procurement policies and approval processes, and the information that would be necessary for 
an  understanding  of  the  potential  effect  of  the  related  party  relationships  on  the  financial  statements, 
the  directors  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  following  related  party  transactions  require  disclosure  of 
numeric details:

(i)  Transactions with other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

The  Group’s  telecommunications  networks  interconnect  with  the  networks  of  other  state-controlled 
telecommunications  operators.  The  Group  also  leases  telecommunications  networks  to  these 
operators  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  The  interconnection  and  leased  line  charges  are 
regulated  by  the  MIIT.  The  extent  of  the  Group’s  interconnection  and  leased  line  transactions  with 
other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC is summarised as follows:

Interconnection revenues
Interconnection charges
Leased line revenues

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

11,230
9,150
696

11,342
7,377
596

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

141

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

35. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

(d)  Transactions with other state-controlled entities in the PRC (continued)

(i)  Transactions with other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC (continued)

Amounts  due  from/to  other  state-controlled  telecommunications  operators  in  the  PRC  are 
summarised as follows:

Accounts receivable
Prepayments and other current assets

Total amounts due from other state-controlled 
telecommunications operators in the PRC

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other payables

Total amounts due to other state-controlled 
telecommunications operators in the PRC

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

704
232

936

630
85

715

827
240

1,067

393
5,484

5,877

Amounts  due  from/to  other  state-controlled  telecommunications  operators  in  the  PRC  bear  no 
interest, are unsecured and are repayable in accordance with normal commercial terms.

As  at  31  December  2010  and  2009,  there  were  no  material  allowance  for  impairment  of  doubtful 
debts  in  respect  of  amounts  due  from  other  state-controlled  telecommunications  operators  in  the 
PRC.

(ii)  Transactions with state-controlled banks

The  Group  deposits  its  cash  balances  primarily  with  several  state-controlled  banks  in  the  PRC  and 
obtains  short-term  and  long-term  loans  from  these  banks  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  The 
interest  rates  of  these  bank  deposits  and  loans  are  regulated  by  the  People’s  Bank  of  China.  The 
Group’s  interest  income  earned  from  deposits  with  and  interest  expenses  incurred  on  loans  from 
state-controlled banks in the PRC are as follows:

Interest income
Interest expense

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

284
821

281
827

 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

142

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

35. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

(d)  Transactions with other state-controlled entities in the PRC (continued)

(ii)  Transactions with state-controlled banks (continued)

The  amounts  of  cash  deposited  with  and  loans  from  state-controlled  banks  in  the  PRC  are 
summarised as follows:

Cash at bank
Time deposits with original maturity within three months
Time deposits with original maturity over three months

Total deposits with state-controlled banks in the PRC

Short-term loans
Long-term loans

Total loans with state-controlled banks in the PRC

2010
RMB millions

2009
RMB millions

23,005
1,753
1,968

26,726

11,578
3,054

14,632

26,867
7,569
442

34,878

11,138
4,485

15,623

Further  details  of  the  interest  rates  and  repayment  terms  of  loans  from  state-controlled  banks  are 
set out in Note 15.

The  directors  believe  the  above  information  provides  meaningful  disclosure  of  related  party 
transactions.

36. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS PLANS

As stipulated by the regulations of the PRC, the Group participates in various defined contribution retirement 
plans organised by municipal, autonomous regional and provincial governments for its employees. The Group 
is  required  to  make  contributions  to  the  retirement  plans  at  rates  ranging  from  18%  to  20%  of  the  salaries, 
bonuses and certain allowances of the employees. A member of the plan is entitled to a pension equal to a 
fixed  proportion  of  the  salary  prevailing  at  the  member’s  retirement  date.  The  Group  has  no  other  material 
obligation  for  the  payment  of  pension  benefits  associated  with  these  plans  beyond  the  annual  contributions 
described above.

The  Group’s  contributions  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2010  were  RMB3,144  million  (2009:  RMB2,933 
million).

The amount payable for contributions to defined contribution retirement plans as at 31 December 2010 was 
RMB206 million (2009: RMB235 million).

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

143

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

37. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

The  Group  implemented  a  stock  appreciation  rights  plan  for  members  of  its  management  to  provide 
incentives  to  these  employees.  Under  this  plan,  stock  appreciation  rights  are  granted  in  units  with  each 
unit  representing  one  H  share.  No  shares  will  be  issued  under  the  stock  appreciation  rights  plan.  Upon 
exercise  of  the  stock  appreciation  rights,  a  recipient  will  receive,  subject  to  any  applicable  withholding  tax, 
a  cash  payment  in  RMB,  translated  from  the  Hong  Kong  dollar  amount  equal  to  the  product  of  the  number 
of  stock  appreciation  rights  exercised  and  the  difference  between  the  exercise  price  and  market  price  of 
the  Company’s  H  shares  at  the  date  of  exercise  based  on  the  applicable  exchange  rate  between  RMB  and 
Hong  Kong  dollar  at  the  date  of  the  exercise.  The  Company  recognises  compensation  expense  of  the  stock 
appreciation rights over the applicable vesting period.

In  March  2003,  the  Company’s  compensation  committee  approved  the  granting  of  276.5  million  stock 
appreciation  right  units  to  eligible  employees.  Under  the  terms  of  this  grant,  all  stock  appreciation  rights 
had  a  contractual  life  of  six  years  from  date  of  grant  and  an  exercise  price  of  HK$1.48  per  unit.  A  recipient 
of  stock  appreciation  rights  may  not  exercise  the  rights  in  the  first  18  months  after  the  date  of  grant. 
As  at  each  of  the  third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  anniversary  of  the  date  of  grant,  the  total  number  of  stock 
appreciation  rights  exercisable  may  not  in  aggregate  exceed  25%,  50%,  75%  and  100%,  respectively,  of  the 
total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In  April  2005,  the  Company’s  compensation  committee  approved  the  granting  of  560.0  million  stock 
appreciation  right  units  to  eligible  employees.  Under  the  terms  of  this  grant,  all  stock  appreciation  rights 
had  a  contractual  life  of  six  years  from  date  of  grant  and  an  exercise  price  of  HK$2.78  per  unit.  A  recipient 
of  stock  appreciation  rights  may  not  exercise  the  rights  in  the  first  24  months  after  the  date  of  grant. 
As  at  each  of  the  third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  anniversary  of  the  date  of  grant,  the  total  number  of  stock 
appreciation  rights  exercisable  may  not  in  aggregate  exceed  25%,  50%,  75%  and  100%,  respectively,  of  the 
total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In  January  2006,  the  Company’s  compensation  committee  approved  the  granting  of  837.3  million  stock 
appreciation  right  units  to  eligible  employees.  Under  the  terms  of  this  grant,  all  stock  appreciation  rights 
had  a  contractual  life  of  six  years  from  date  of  grant  and  an  exercise  price  of  HK$2.85  per  unit.  A  recipient 
of  stock  appreciation  rights  may  not  exercise  the  rights  in  the  first  24  months  after  the  date  of  grant. 
As  at  each  of  the  third,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  anniversary  of  the  date  of  grant,  the  total  number  of  stock 
appreciation  rights  exercisable  may  not  in  aggregate  exceed  25%,  50%,  75%  and  100%,  respectively,  of  the 
total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2010,  483  million  (2009:  0.2  million)  stock  appreciation  right  units, 
which were granted in April 2005 and January 2006, were exercised. For the year ended 31 December 2010, 
compensation  expense  of  RMB592  million  was  recognised  by  the  Group  in  respect  of  stock  appreciation 
rights.  For  the  year  ended  31  December  2009,  compensation  expense  of  RMB56  million  was  recognised  by 
the Group in respect of stock appreciation rights.

As  at  31  December  2010,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  liability  arising  from  stock  appreciation  rights  was 
RMB412  million  (2009:  RMB422  million).  As  at  31  December  2010,  417  million  (2009:  555  million)  stock 
appreciation right units vested but were not exercised. The carrying amount of the corresponding liability was 
RMB412 million (2009: RMB276 million).

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

144

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

38. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The  Group’s  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  are  sensitive  to  accounting  methods,  assumptions 
and  estimates  that  underlie  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Management  bases 
the assumptions and estimates on historical experience and on other factors that the management believes 
to  be  reasonable  and  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgements  about  matters  that  are  not  readily 
apparent from other sources. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates. Actual results may 
differ from those estimates as facts, circumstances and conditions change.

The selection of significant accounting policies, the judgements and other uncertainties affecting application 
of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors 
to  be  considered  when  reviewing  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  significant  accounting  policies 
are  set  forth  in  Note  2.  Management  believes  the  following  significant  accounting  policies  involve  the  most 
significant judgements and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition for upfront connection and installation fees
The  Group  defers  the  recognition  of  upfront  fees  for  activation  of  wireline  services  and  wireline  installation 
fees  and  amortises  such  fees  over  the  expected  customer  relationship  period  of  ten  years.  The  related 
direct  customer  acquisition  costs  (including  direct  costs  of  installation)  are  also  deferred  and  amortised 
over  the  same  expected  customer  relationship  period.  Management  estimates  the  expected  customer 
relationship period based on the historical customer retention experience with consideration of the expected 
level of future competition, the risk of technological or functional obsolescence of its services, technological 
innovation,  and  the  expected  changes  in  the  regulatory  and  social  environment.  If  management’s  estimate 
of  the  expected  customer  relationship  period  changes  as  a  result  of  increased  competition,  changes  in 
telecommunications  technology  or  other  factors,  the  amount  and  timing  of  recognition  of  deferred  revenue 
and  deferred  customer  acquisition  costs  would  change  for  future  periods.  There  have  been  no  changes  to 
the estimated customer relationship period for the years presented.

Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts
Management  estimates  allowance  for  impairment  of  doubtful  debts  resulting  from  the  inability  of  the 
customers  to  make  the  required  payments.  Management  bases  its  estimates  on  the  ageing  of  the  accounts 
receivable  balance,  customer  credit-worthiness,  and  historical  write-off  experience.  If  the  financial  condition 
of  the  customers  were  to  deteriorate,  actual  write-offs  might  be  higher  than  expected  and  could  significantly 
affect the results of future periods.

Impairment of long-lived assets
If  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  a  long-lived  asset  may  not  be  recoverable,  the  asset 
may  be  considered  “impaired”,  and  an  impairment  loss  would  be  recognised  in  accordance  with  accounting 
policy  for  impairment  of  long-lived  assets  as  described  in  Note  2(o).  The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Group’s 
long-lived  assets,  including  property,  plant  and  equipment,  intangible  assets  and  construction  in  progress 
are  reviewed  periodically  to  determine  whether  there  is  any  indication  of  impairment.  These  assets  are 
tested  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  their  recorded  carrying 
amounts  may  not  be  recoverable.  For  goodwill,  the  impairment  testing  is  performed  annually  at  the  end  of 
each reporting period. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value 
in  use  and  the  net  selling  price.  When  an  asset  does  not  generate  cash  flows  largely  independent  of  those 
from  other  assets,  the  recoverable  amount  is  determined  for  the  smallest  group  of  assets  that  generates 
cash  inflows  independently  (i.e.  a  cash-generating  unit).  In  determining  the  value  in  use,  expected  future 
cash flows generated by the assets are discounted to their present value. An impairment loss is recognised 
if  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  or  its  cash-generating  unit  exceeds  its  estimated  recoverable  amount.  It 
is  difficult  to  precisely  estimate  selling  price  of  the  Group’s  long-lived  assets  because  quoted  market  prices 
for  such  assets  may  not  be  readily  available.  In  determining  the  value  in  use,  expected  future  cash  flows 
generated  by  the  asset  are  discounted  to  their  present  value,  which  requires  significant  judgement  relating 
to  level  of  revenue,  amount  of  operating  costs  and  applicable  discount  rate.  Management  uses  all  readily 
available  information  in  determining  an  amount  that  is  a  reasonable  approximation  of  recoverable  amount, 
including  estimates  based  on  reasonable  and  supportable  assumptions  and  projections  of  revenue  and 
amount of operating costs.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Notes to the Financial Statements

145

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

38. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (continued)

Impairment of long-lived assets (continued)
For  the  year  ended  31  December  2010,  provision  for  impairment  losses  of  RMB139  million  were  made 
against the carrying value of property, plant and equipment (Note 3) (2009: RMB753 million). In determining 
the  recoverable  amount  of  these  equipment,  significant  judgments  were  required  in  estimating  future  cash 
flows, level of revenue, amount of operating costs and applicable discount rate.

Changes  in  these  estimates  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  carrying  value  of  the  assets  and  could 
result in additional impairment charge or reversal of impairment in future periods.

Depreciation and amortisation
Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the 
assets,  after  taking  into  account  their  estimated  residual  value.  Management  reviews  the  estimated  useful 
lives  and  residual  values  of  the  assets  annually  in  order  to  determine  the  amount  of  depreciation  expense 
to  be  recorded  during  any  reporting  period.  The  useful  lives  and  residual  values  are  based  on  the  Group’s 
historical  experience  with  similar  assets  and  take  into  account  anticipated  technological  changes.  The 
depreciation expense for future periods is adjusted if there are significant changes from previous estimates.

Amortisation  of  customer  relationships  is  recognised  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  expected  customer 
relationship  period  of  five  years.  Management  reviews  the  expected  customer  relationship  period  annually 
in  order  to  estimate  the  amount  of  amortisation  expense  to  be  recorded  during  any  reporting  period. 
The  expected  customer  relationship  period  is  based  on  the  estimate  period  over  which  future  economic 
benefits  will  be  received  by  the  Group  and  takes  into  account  the  level  of  future  competition,  the  risk  of 
technological  or  functional  obsolescence  of  its  services,  and  the  expected  changes  in  the  regulatory  and 
social  environment.  The  amortisation  expense  for  future  periods  is  adjusted  if  there  are  significant  changes 
from previous estimates.

39. POSSIBLE IMPACT OF AMENDMENTS, NEW STANDARDS AND 

INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE FOR THE ANNUAL 
ACCOUNTING PERIOD ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

Up  to  the  date  of  issue  of  these  financial  statements,  the  IASB  has  issued  the  following  amendments, 
new  standards  and  interpretations  which  are  not  yet  effective  for  the  annual  accounting  period  ended  31 
December 2010:

Amendment to IAS 32, “Financial Instruments: Presentation 
  – Classification of Rights Issues”
IFRIC Interpretation 19, “Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with 
  Equity Instruments”
Amendment to IFRS 1, “First-time Adoption of International Financial 
  Reporting Standards – Limited Exemption from Comparative 

IFRS 7 Disclosures for First-time Adopters”

Improvements to IFRSs 2010

IAS 24 (revised), “Related Party Disclosures”
Amendments to IFRIC 14, IAS 19, “The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, 
  Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction 
  – Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement”
Amendments to IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures 
  – Transfer of Financial Assets
Amendments to IAS 12, “Income Taxes – Deferred Tax: Recovery 
  of Underlying Assets”
IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments”

Effective for accounting 
period beginning on or 
after

1 February 2010

1 July 2010

1 July 2010

1 July 2010 or 
  1 January 2011
1 January 2011
1 January 2011

1 July 2011

1 January 2012

1 January 2013

 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

146

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

39. POSSIBLE IMPACT OF AMENDMENTS, NEW STANDARDS AND 

INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE FOR THE ANNUAL 
ACCOUNTING PERIOD ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010 (continued)

The  Group  has  not  early  adopted  the  above  amendments,  new  standards  and  new  interpretations. 
Management  is  in  the  process  of  making  an  assessment  of  what  the  impact  of  these  amendments,  new 
standards  and  new  interpretations  is  expected  to  be  in  the  period  of  initial  application.  So  far  management 
believes  that  amendment  to  IAS  32,  IFRIC  Interpretation  19,  amendment  to  IFRS  1  and  amendments  to 
IFRIC  14,  IAS  19  are  not  applicable  to  the  Group’s  operations  and  the  remaining  above  amendments, 
new  standards  and  new  interpretations  are  unlikely  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  Group’s  results  of 
operations and financial position.

40. PARENT AND ULTIMATE HOLDING COMPANY

The  parent  and  ultimate  holding  company  of  the  Group  as  at  31  December  2010  is  China 
Telecommunications  Corporation,  a  state-owned  enterprise  established  in  the  PRC.  This  entity  does  not 
produce financial statements available for public use.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Financial Summary

(Amounts in millions, except per share data)

147

2010
RMB

62,498
28,906
63,985
12,389
497

Year ended 31 December
2009
RMB

2008
RMB

2007
RMB

2006
RMB

78,432
20,027
51,567
11,499
1,151

96,258
3,955
40,727
10,231
2,022

111,573
–
31,802
9,183
3,294

121,492
–
24,308
7,920
4,971

51,589

46,694

33,336

24,952

18,527

219,864
51,656
47,288
42,130
35,529
19,106
139

209,370
52,243
42,903
40,507
32,857
17,449
753

186,529
53,880
36,096
27,501
28,946
10,794
24,167

180,804
52,607
29,856
24,130
27,419
9,051
–

177,218
51,690
29,487
22,442
26,390
8,209
–

Results of operation
Wireline voice
Mobile voice
Internet
Managed data and leased line
Upfront connection fees
Value-added services, integrated information 
  application services and others

Operating revenues
Depreciation and amortisation
Network operations and support
Selling, general and administrative
Personnel expenses
Other operating expenses
Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

Operating expenses

195,848

186,712

181,384

143,063

138,218

Operating profit
Deficit on revaluation of property, plant and equipment
Net finance costs
Investment income/(loss)
Share of profits of associates

Profit before taxation
Income tax

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year
Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities
Deferred tax on change in fair value of available-for-sale 
  equity securities
Exchange difference on translation of financial 
  statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC
Effect of changes in tax rates
Surplus on revaluation of property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax on revaluation surplus
Share of other comprehensive income from associates

Other comprehensive income for the year, 
  net of tax

24,016
–
(3,600)
361
131

20,908
(5,031)

22,658
–
(4,375)
791
101

19,175
(4,549)

15,877

14,626

132

538

(48)

(48)
–
–
–
(25)

(120)

(2)
–
–
–
–

5,145
–
(5,076)
5
112

186
793

979

(92)

23

(83)
–
–
–
–

37,741
(2,755)
(4,288)
83
215

30,996
(6,704)

39,000
–
(4,472)
(25)
61

34,564
(6,919)

24,292

27,645

78

(14)

(103)
(1,577)
4,809
(1,136)
–

66

(22)

(309)
5
–
–
–

11

416

(152)

2,057

(260)

Total comprehensive income for the year

15,888

15,042

827

26,349

27,385

Profit attributable to
Equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to
Equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interests

15,759
118

14,422
204

15,877

14,626

15,770
118

14,763
279

Total comprehensive income for the year

15,888

15,042

884
95

979

732
95

827

24,195
97

27,562
83

24,292

27,645

26,252
97

27,302
83

26,349

27,385

Basic earnings per share

0.19

0.18

0.01

0.30

0.34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
148

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Financial Summary
(Amounts in millions, except per share data)

Financial condition
Property, plant and equipment, net
Construction in progress
Other non-current assets
Cash and bank deposits
Other current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

2010
RMB

275,248
14,445
62,417
27,792
27,453

Year ended 31 December
2009
RMB

2008
RMB

2007
RMB

2006
RMB

286,328
11,567
67,689
35,246
25,690

299,159
13,615
72,064
28,263
27,236

329,292
13,626
26,303
21,649
22,461

330,436
19,563
28,187
23,492
22,179

407,355

426,520

440,337

413,331

423,857

126,923
48,468

143,481
60,426

176,790
48,999

140,245
47,114

159,451
53,609

175,391

203,907

225,789

187,359

213,060

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interests

231,468
496

221,732
881

213,036
1,512

224,521
1,451

209,349
1,448

Total equity

231,964

222,613

214,548

225,972

210,797

Total liabilities and equity

407,355

426,520

440,337

413,331

423,857

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Shareholder Information

149

Share Information

Share Listing
China  Telecom  Corporation  Limited’s  H  shares  were  listed  on  The  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong  Kong  Limited  on  15 
November  2002  and  New  York  Stock  Exchange  as  American  Depositary  Shares  (ADSs)  on  14  November  2002. 
ADSs are issued by The Bank of New York Mellon. Each ADS traded in the United States represents 100 ordinary 
H shares.

Stock Code
The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited 
New York Stock Exchange 

728
CHA

Share Price Performance

2010 share price

HK$ per H share

US$ per ADS

High

4.38

Low

3.14

Close

High

Low

Close

4.07

56.21

40.28

52.28

Share price change in 2010

+25.6%

+26.2%

Number of issued shares: (as at 31 December 2010) 

80,932,368,321

Market capitalisation: (as at 31 December 2010) 

HK$329.4 billion

Share price performance of China Telecom on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited versus Hang Seng Index 
(HSI)  and  MSCI  World  Telecom  Service  Sector  Index  (MSCI)  from  IPO  on  15  November  2002  to  31  December 
2010.

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2
v-0
o
N

China Telecom (+180.7%)

HSI (+133.5%)

MSCI (+35.1%)

3
y-0
a
M

3
v-0
o
N

4
y-0
a
M

4
v-0
o
N

5
y-0
a
M

5
v-0
o
N

6
y-0
a
M

6
v-0
o
N

7
y-0
a
M

7
v-0
o
N

8
y-0
a
M

8
v-0
o
N

9
y-0
a
M

9
v-0
o
N

0
y-1
a
M

0
v-1
o
N

0
c-1
e
D

China Telecom

HSI

MSCI

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

150

Shareholder Information

Distribution of shares and shareholdings
The  share  capital  of  the  Company  as  at  31  December  2010  was  RMB80,932,368,321,  divided  into 
80,932,368,321  shares  of  RMB1.00  each.  As  at  31  December  2010,  the  share  capital  of  the  Company 
comprised:

Total number of Domestic shares:
Domestic shares held by:
  China Telecommunications Corporation
  Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd.
  Zhejiang Financial Development Company
  Fujian State-owned Assets Investment Holdings Co., Ltd.
  Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd.

Total number of H shares (including ADSs):

Number of shares

67,054,958,321

57,377,053,317
5,614,082,653
2,137,473,626
969,317,182
957,031,543

13,877,410,000

Percentage of the 
total number 
of shares

82.85

70.89
6.94
2.64
1.20
1.18

17.15

Total

80,932,368,321

100.00

Major shareholders of H shares
The  following  table  shows  the  major  shareholders  that  exercised  or  controlled  the  exercise  of  5%  or  above  of  H 
shares as at 31 December 2010:

Name of shareholder

Number of shares

Percentage of the 
total number of 
H shares in issue

Commonwealth Bank of Australia

1,538,666,000

11.09

Capital Research and Management Company

Blackrock, Inc.

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

RFS Holdings B.V.

Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC

1,254,424,000

1,130,723,080

971,952,626

907,191,530

693,347,861

9.04

8.15

7.00

6.54

5.00

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

Shareholder Information

151

Dividend History

Financial Year

Ex-Dividend Date

Shareholder

2002 Final
2003 Final
2004 Final
2005 Final
2006 Final
2007 Final
2008 Final
2009 Final
2010 Final

16 May 2003
1 April 2004
21 April 2005
20 April 2006
26 April 2007
28 April 2008
23 April 2009
22 April 2010
18 April 2011

20 June 2003
3 May 2004
25 May 2005
23 May 2006
29 May 2007
30 May 2008
26 May 2009
25 May 2010
20 May 2011

Approval Date 
Payment Date

10 July 2003
20 May 2004
23 June 2005
15 June 2006
15 June 2007
16 June 2008
30 June 2009
30 June 2010
30 June 2011

Dividend 
per Share
(HK$)

0.00837*
0.065
0.065
0.075
0.085
0.085
0.085
0.085
0.085**

* 

On the basis of HK$0.065 per share, pro-rated based on the number of days the Company’s shares have been listed during the year 

of 2002.

** 

The dividend proposal is subject to shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting to be held on 20 May 2011.

Annual Reports
O u r   a n n u a l   r e p o r t s   i n   b o t h   E n g l i s h   a n d   C h i n e s e   a r e   n o w   a v a i l a b l e   t h r o u g h   t h e   I n t e r n e t   a t 
http://www.chinatelecom-h.com. The Company will file an annual report in Form 20-F for the year 2010 with the 
United States Securities and Exchange Commission by 30 June 2011.

2010 Annual Report Survey
Annual  Report  is  a  key  communication  channel  between  shareholders  and  the  Company.  Last  year,  we  received 
around  100  questionnaires  of  “Your  Views  on  Annual  Report  2009”.  Each  of  these  responses  benefited  us 
in  enhancing  and  further  improving  our  annual  reports.  We  are  deeply  indebted  to  the  respondents  for  their 
constructive  responses.  In  accordance  with  our  commitment,  we  have  to  donate  HK$50  for  each  questionnaire 
received.  In  this  regard,  we  have  donated  a  sum  of  HK$10,000  to  the  charitable  organisation,  “ORBIS”.  In 
addition,  we  have  already  implemented  the  suggestion  of  allowing  shareholders  to  choose  means  of  receipt  and 
language of corporate communication to enhance environmental protection and cost savings.

We  value  and  are  eager  to  keep  hearing  your  comments  on  our  annual  report  for  our  further  improvement 
in  the  future.  It  is  highly  appreciated  if  you  could  spare  your  precious  time  to  complete  the  questionnaire  of 
“Your  Views  on  Annual  Report  2010”,  as  attached  in  this  annual  report,  and  return  it  by  post  or  fax  to  us  at 
852 2877 0988. You can also fill in the electronic form at our website, www.chinatelecom-h.com.

China Telecom Corporation Limited | Annual Report 2010

152

Shareholder Information

Annual General Meeting
To be held at 11 a.m. on 20 May 2011 in Conrad Hong Kong Hotel

Registered office

Address: 

Tel: 
Fax: 

31 Jinrong Street
Xicheng District
Beijing
PRC 100033
86 10 6642 8166
86 10 6601 0728

Any  enquiries  relating  to  the  strategic  development  or  operations  of  China  Telecom  Corporation  Limited,  please 
contact the Investor Relations Department or Office of the Board of Directors:

Investor Relations

Investor Relations Department
Tel: 852 2877 9777
Fax: 852 2877 0988
Email: ir@chinatelecom-h.com

Office of the Board of Directors
Tel: 86 10 6642 8166
Fax: 86 10 6601 0728
Email: ir@chinatelecom.com.cn

Any  enquiries  relating  to  your  shareholding,  for  example  transfers  of  shares,  change  of  name  or  address,  loss  of 
share certificates, please contact the H share registrar:

H share registrar

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited
Address: 

Shops 1712-1716, 17th Floor
Hopewell Centre
183 Queen’s Road East
Wanchai
Hong Kong
hkinfo@computershare.com.hk

Any enquiries relating to ADSs, please contact the depositary:

ADS depositary

Email: 

Tel: 

Email: 

The Bank of New York Mellon
Address: 

Investor Services
P.O. Box 11258
Church Street Station
New York, NY 10286-1258
1-888-269-2377 (toll free in USA)
1-212-815-3700 (international)
shareowners@bankofny.com

Forward-Looking Statements
Certain  statements  contained  in  this  document  may  be  viewed  as  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A  of 
the  U.S.  Securities Act  of  1933  (as  amended)  and  Section  21E  of  the  U.S.  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934  (as  amended).  Such  forward-
looking  statements  are  subject  to  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors,  which  may  cause  the  actual  performance, 
financial condition or results of operations of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”) to be materially different from any future 
performance, financial condition or results of operations implied by such forward-looking statements. In addition, we do not intend to update 
these  forward-looking  statements.  Further  information  regarding  these  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  is  included  in  the  Company’s 
most  recent Annual  Report  on  Form  20-F  filed  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the “SEC”)  and  in  the  Company’s  other 
filings with the SEC.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Telecom Corporation Limited

31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, PRC, 100033
www.chinatelecom-h.com

Design and Production by: Toppan Vite Limited
Website: www.toppanvite.com